1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Section
1243 \begin_inset Index idx
1246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1253 \begin_inset Index idx
1256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1265 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1274 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 or the toolbar button
1286 to undo some mistake.
1287 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1292 or the toolbar button
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1306 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1310 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1324 This is a consequence of the 100
1325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1328 step undo limit, above.
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1340 work on almost everything in LyX.
1341 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1345 \begin_layout Section
1347 \begin_inset Index idx
1350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1359 \begin_layout Standard
1360 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1373 once anywhere in the edit window.
1374 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1395 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1398 \begin_layout Itemize
1399 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1408 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1415 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1450 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or by the toolbar button
1462 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1468 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1471 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1474 and use the same menu to return to them.
1475 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1482 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1492 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1493 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1494 your last editing position.
1497 \begin_layout Subsection
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1510 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1511 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1512 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1513 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1514 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 LatexCommand formatted
1518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1522 ), or notes, or citations (see
1523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1524 LatexCommand formatted
1525 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1530 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1532 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1533 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1534 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1535 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1543 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1556 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1557 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1558 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1559 dialog and to modify the citation.
1560 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1592 option keeps it in the current view state.
1593 Keeping means that when you have e.
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 the subsections of section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1605 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 3, the subsections of section
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1618 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1633 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/reload.png
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1651 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1652 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/down.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/up.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1687 So, for example, you can move section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2.4 or after section
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1700 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1702 \begin_inset Graphics
1703 filename ../images/promote.png
1705 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 \begin_inset Graphics
1711 filename ../images/demote.png
1713 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 (or the corresponding key bindings
1725 ) you can change the level of sections.
1726 So you can for example make section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 \begin_inset space ~
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_layout Section
1742 Input / Word Completion
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1745 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1750 \begin_inset Index idx
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1797 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1798 is used to propose completions.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1803 there are completions available.
1804 You can then press the
1808 key to use this completion.
1809 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1810 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1811 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1824 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1826 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1829 by deselecting the option
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1850 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1851 To accept this proposal, use the
1860 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1861 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1869 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1876 \begin_layout Section
1878 \begin_inset Index idx
1881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1888 \begin_inset Index idx
1891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Standard
1955 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1956 LyX's default is CUA.
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1963 \begin_inset space ~
1971 \begin_inset space ~
1992 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1996 \begin_layout Labeling
1997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2001 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2002 LatexCommand nomenclature
2004 description "Tabulator key"
2010 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2011 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2018 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2029 , especially section
2030 \begin_inset space ~
2034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2036 reference "sub:Lists"
2042 If you're still confused, look in the
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Escape key"
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2071 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2072 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2075 \begin_layout Labeling
2076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2082 \begin_inset space ~
2086 \begin_inset space ~
2093 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2094 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There are three modifier keys:
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2121 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2122 LatexCommand nomenclature
2124 description "Control key"
2128 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2129 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2133 \begin_layout Itemize
2142 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2145 \begin_layout Itemize
2154 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2157 \begin_layout Itemize
2166 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2170 \begin_layout Labeling
2171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2190 LatexCommand nomenclature
2192 description "Shift key"
2196 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2197 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2200 \begin_layout Labeling
2201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2219 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2220 LatexCommand nomenclature
2222 description "Alt or Meta key"
2226 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2227 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2228 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2234 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2236 menu accelerator keys
2239 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2240 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 For example, the sequence
2246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2252 \begin_inset space ~
2256 \begin_inset space ~
2262 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2289 \begin_inset space ~
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2310 manual lists all other things bound to the
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2320 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2321 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2322 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2323 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2324 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2325 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2327 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 followed by a capital
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2353 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2361 as explained in sec.
2362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2368 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2375 \begin_layout Chapter
2377 \begin_inset Index idx
2380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 \begin_layout Section
2391 \begin_inset Index idx
2394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 \begin_layout Subsection
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2409 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2410 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2411 numbering schemes, and so on.
2412 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2413 and format the title of your document differently.
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2421 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2422 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2423 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2424 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2425 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2428 \begin_layout Standard
2429 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2430 how to adjust their properties.
2433 \begin_layout Subsection
2435 \begin_inset Index idx
2438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2447 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2455 You can select a class using the
2457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2458 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2462 \begin_inset Index idx
2465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Article for basic articles
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Report for basic reports
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Book for writing a book
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Letter for US-style letters
2501 \begin_layout Standard
2502 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2503 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2504 will include many of these.
2505 Here are some of the classes.
2506 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2508 Special Document Classes
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2521 \begin_layout Description
2522 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2533 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2534 There are three article layouts available.
2535 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2536 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2537 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2538 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2543 sequential numbering
2544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2547 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2548 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2549 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2550 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Beamer Layout for presentations
2557 \begin_layout Description
2558 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2559 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2563 \begin_layout Description
2564 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2567 \begin_layout Description
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2572 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2575 \begin_layout Description
2576 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Foils Used to make transparencies
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2585 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2589 \begin_layout Description
2590 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2591 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2604 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2605 (Is used by this document.)
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2616 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2629 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2631 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Slides Used to make transparencies
2638 \begin_layout Description
2640 \begin_inset space ~
2643 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2644 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2654 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2660 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2661 of the document classes.
2664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2672 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2674 \begin_inset Index idx
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2695 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2697 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2700 \begin_layout Standard
2702 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2703 and some of them, like
2707 , are highly specialized.
2708 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2709 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2711 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2712 by some document class.
2713 There are just too many of them.
2714 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2727 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2728 document class for a new file.
2729 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2734 Installing new LaTeX files
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 manual for information on how to install them.
2743 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2749 \begin_layout Standard
2750 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2751 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2753 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2754 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2755 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2757 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2760 \begin_inset space ~
2767 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2779 \begin_inset Index idx
2782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2793 chosen document class.
2794 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2795 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2806 \begin_inset Index idx
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2820 \begin_layout Standard
2821 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2822 always installed by default.
2823 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2824 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2825 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2826 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2827 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2828 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2829 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2832 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2840 Reconfiguration of LyX
2846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2849 Installing new LaTeX files
2850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2857 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2870 LyX will advise you about these things.
2878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2882 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2887 \begin_inset Index idx
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 Document ! Local Layout
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2901 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2902 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2903 writing a module for this purpose.
2904 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2905 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2907 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2908 What you want is LyX's
2909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2925 manual for information on how to use it.
2928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2932 \begin_layout Standard
2933 Each class has a default set of options.
2934 Here's a quick table describing them:
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2938 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2944 \begin_layout Standard
2946 \begin_inset Tabular
2947 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2948 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3414 \begin_layout Standard
3415 You're probably also wondering what
3416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3420 \begin_inset space ~
3424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3428 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3429 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3434 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3439 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3449 headings, there are also
3457 headings, and so on.
3458 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3459 \begin_inset space ~
3463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3465 reference "sub:Headings"
3472 \begin_layout Subsection
3474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3476 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3481 \begin_inset Index idx
3484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3493 \begin_inset Index idx
3496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3505 \begin_layout Standard
3506 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3519 \begin_inset space ~
3524 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3526 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3527 to use for your document.
3528 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3532 \begin_layout Standard
3539 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3545 \begin_inset space ~
3550 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3551 You can choose between the following five options:
3554 \begin_layout Labeling
3555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3560 Use default page style of current class.
3563 \begin_layout Labeling
3564 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3569 No page numbers or headings.
3572 \begin_layout Labeling
3573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3581 \begin_layout Labeling
3582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3587 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3588 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3589 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3592 \begin_layout Labeling
3593 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3598 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3599 have the LaTeX-package
3604 \begin_inset Index idx
3607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3608 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3614 How they are defined is explained in section
3615 \begin_inset space ~
3619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3621 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3643 \begin_layout Subsection
3644 Paper Size and Orientation
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 Document ! Paper size
3655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3657 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 You find the following options in the menu
3668 \begin_inset space ~
3675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3681 \begin_inset Index idx
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3693 \begin_layout Labeling
3694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3703 What size paper to print on.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3720 \begin_layout Itemize
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3732 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 US letter, US legal, US executive
3738 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3751 \begin_layout Labeling
3752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 To choose whether to output as
3768 \begin_layout Labeling
3769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3779 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3782 \begin_layout Subsection
3784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3791 \begin_inset Index idx
3794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Paper margins are set in the menu
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3834 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3835 the paper format and the font size into account.
3838 \begin_layout Subsection
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3848 That includes the paragraph environments.
3849 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3850 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3851 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3852 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3861 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3863 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3864 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3865 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3868 \begin_layout Section
3869 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Indentation
3882 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3886 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3894 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3895 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3899 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3900 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3901 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3902 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3906 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3912 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3913 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3914 language than English.
3915 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3919 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3920 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3922 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3923 LyX takes care of that.
3924 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3926 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3927 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3928 of a page, and so on.
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3938 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3939 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3943 of these pre-coded spacings.
3944 We will explain more later.
3947 \begin_layout Subsection
3948 Paragraph Separation
3949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3951 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3956 \begin_inset Index idx
3959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 Paragraph ! Separation
3968 \begin_layout Standard
3969 To separate paragraphs, select
3980 \begin_inset space ~
3987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3991 \begin_inset Index idx
3994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4000 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4003 \begin_layout Subsection
4007 \begin_layout Standard
4008 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4013 \begin_inset space ~
4018 dialog and toggle the
4021 \begin_inset space ~
4026 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4029 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4033 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4034 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4038 \begin_layout Standard
4039 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4040 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4043 \begin_layout Subsection
4045 \begin_inset Index idx
4048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4049 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4060 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4064 \begin_inset Index idx
4067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4076 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4079 \begin_inset space ~
4088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4089 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4094 \begin_inset Index idx
4097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4098 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4103 installed to use this feature.
4111 \begin_layout Section
4112 Paragraph Environments
4113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4115 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4120 \begin_inset Index idx
4123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4124 Paragraph ! Environments
4130 \begin_inset Index idx
4133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4134 Paragraph environments|(
4142 \begin_layout Subsection
4146 \begin_layout Standard
4147 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4169 \begin_inset Newline newline
4172 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4173 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4174 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4183 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4186 \begin_layout Standard
4187 A paragraph environment is simply a
4188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4195 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4196 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4197 scheme, labels, and so on.
4198 Additionally, you can
4199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4206 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4207 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4208 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4209 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4210 days of typewriters.
4211 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4213 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4216 \begin_layout Standard
4217 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4218 \begin_inset Graphics
4219 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4225 at the left end of the toolbar.
4226 LyX will change the environment of the
4230 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4231 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4232 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4236 \begin_layout Standard
4245 create a new paragraph using the
4249 paragraph environment.
4251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4258 because if you are in one of these environments:
4261 \begin_layout Itemize
4267 \begin_layout Itemize
4273 \begin_layout Itemize
4279 \begin_layout Itemize
4285 \begin_layout Itemize
4291 \begin_layout Itemize
4297 \begin_layout Itemize
4303 \begin_layout Standard
4304 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4308 , rather than resetting it to
4313 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4314 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4315 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4316 \begin_inset space ~
4320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4322 reference "sec:Nesting"
4327 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4332 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4333 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4337 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4343 \begin_layout Subsection
4347 \begin_layout Standard
4348 The default paragraph environment is
4353 It creates a plain paragraph.
4354 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4355 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4356 this manual) are in the
4363 \begin_layout Standard
4364 You can nest a paragraph using the
4368 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4376 \begin_layout Subsection
4378 \begin_inset Index idx
4381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4400 for thanks or contact information.
4401 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4402 page along with today's date.
4403 For other types of documents, the title
4404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4411 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4415 \begin_layout Standard
4416 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4430 Here's how you use them:
4433 \begin_layout Itemize
4434 Put the title of your document in the
4441 \begin_layout Itemize
4442 Put the author name in the
4449 \begin_layout Itemize
4450 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4451 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4457 Note that using this environment is optional.
4458 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4459 If you don't want any date, add the line
4460 \begin_inset Newline newline
4470 \begin_inset Newline newline
4473 to the preamble of your document (menu
4475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4481 \begin_layout Standard
4482 You can use footnotes to insert
4483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4490 or contact information.
4493 \begin_layout Subsection
4495 \begin_inset Index idx
4498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4515 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4516 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4521 \begin_inset Index idx
4524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4525 Section headings ! Numbered
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4538 \begin_layout Enumerate
4544 \begin_layout Enumerate
4550 \begin_layout Enumerate
4556 \begin_layout Enumerate
4562 \begin_layout Enumerate
4568 \begin_layout Enumerate
4574 \begin_layout Enumerate
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4581 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4582 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4583 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4588 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4589 You group the book into chapters.
4590 LyX does similar grouping:
4593 \begin_layout Itemize
4598 is divided in either
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4621 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 \begin_layout Itemize
4657 \begin_layout Itemize
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4678 Not all document types use the
4682 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4687 is the top-level heading.
4695 \begin_layout Standard
4700 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4701 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4703 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4717 \begin_inset Index idx
4720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4721 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4730 The unnumbered section headings have a
4731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4738 at the end of their name.
4739 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4740 the table of contents, see section
4741 \begin_inset space ~
4745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4755 Changing the Numbering
4756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4758 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4767 in the Table of Contents.
4768 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4770 Certain classes start with
4784 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4794 This is something you can change.
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4806 \begin_inset Index idx
4809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4820 \begin_inset space ~
4824 \begin_inset space ~
4829 you'll see two counters.
4834 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4836 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4840 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4841 Short Titles of Headings
4842 \begin_inset Index idx
4845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 Section headings ! Short titles
4852 \begin_inset Argument
4855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4864 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4871 \begin_layout Standard
4872 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4873 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4874 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4875 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4878 \begin_layout Standard
4879 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4880 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4881 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4882 To specify a short title, use the menu
4884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4886 \begin_inset space ~
4892 This will insert a box labeled
4893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4908 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4909 This also works for captions inside floats.
4912 \begin_layout Standard
4913 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 The following information applies to all section headings:
4924 \begin_layout Itemize
4925 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4928 \begin_layout Itemize
4929 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4932 \begin_layout Itemize
4933 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4936 \begin_layout Itemize
4937 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4940 \begin_layout Subsection
4941 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4944 \begin_layout Standard
4945 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4959 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4960 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4961 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4962 the text they contain.
4963 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4971 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4974 \begin_layout Standard
4975 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4984 when you start a new paragraph.
4985 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4989 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4990 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4991 to change back to the
4995 environment yourself.
4998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5015 \begin_inset Index idx
5018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_layout Standard
5028 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5029 time for the differences.
5038 are identical except for one difference:
5042 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5051 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5054 \begin_layout Standard
5055 Here's an example of the
5068 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5070 See – no indentation!
5074 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5075 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5076 the other paragraph.
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 Here's another example, this time in the
5087 \begin_layout Quotation
5093 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5094 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5095 the first line, then
5099 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5103 you were quoting other text.
5106 \begin_layout Quotation
5107 Here's a new paragraph.
5108 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5109 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 As the examples show,
5117 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5118 They should put quotes in the
5123 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5127 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5136 \begin_inset Index idx
5139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5148 \begin_inset Index idx
5151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5172 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5178 \begin_inset Newline newline
5181 Which I did not rehearse!
5185 It could be much worse.
5186 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5188 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5189 indented a bit more than the first.
5190 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5196 \begin_inset Newline newline
5199 And make things look fine
5200 \begin_inset Newline newline
5206 arg "newline-insert newline"
5212 \begin_layout Standard
5217 does not indent both margins.
5218 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5219 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5226 arg "newline-insert newline"
5232 \begin_layout Subsection
5234 \begin_inset Index idx
5237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5253 \begin_layout Standard
5254 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5264 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5273 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5274 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5275 some general features of all four of them.
5278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5282 \begin_layout Standard
5283 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5285 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5294 reset the environment to
5298 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5299 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5300 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5304 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5307 to break paragraphs.
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5312 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5314 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5315 you read all of section
5316 \begin_inset space ~
5320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5322 reference "sec:Nesting"
5330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5336 \begin_inset Index idx
5339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5355 \begin_layout Standard
5356 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5360 paragraph environment.
5361 It has the following properties:
5364 \begin_layout Itemize
5365 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5369 \begin_layout Itemize
5370 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5373 \begin_layout Itemize
5374 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5379 The items can have any length.
5380 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5381 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5388 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 environment inside another
5397 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5406 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5409 \begin_layout Itemize
5411 \begin_inset space ~
5415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5417 reference "sec:Nesting"
5421 for a full explanation of nesting.
5425 \begin_layout Standard
5426 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5435 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5438 \begin_layout Standard
5439 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5440 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5443 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 The label for the first level
5448 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 The label for the second level is a dash.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5462 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5467 \begin_layout Itemize
5468 Back out to the third level.
5472 \begin_layout Itemize
5473 Back to the second level.
5477 \begin_layout Itemize
5478 Back to the outermost level.
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5482 These are the default labels for an
5487 You can customize these labels in the
5489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5492 dialog in the submenu
5499 \begin_inset Index idx
5502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5511 \begin_layout Standard
5512 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5513 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5515 \begin_inset space ~
5519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5521 reference "sec:Nesting"
5528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5534 \begin_inset Index idx
5537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5546 name "sec:Enumerate"
5553 \begin_layout Standard
5558 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5559 It has these properties:
5562 \begin_layout Enumerate
5563 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5567 \begin_layout Enumerate
5568 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5572 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5576 \begin_layout Enumerate
5581 environment resets the counter to one.
5584 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 \begin_layout Enumerate
5598 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5599 Items can have any length.
5602 \begin_layout Enumerate
5603 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5606 \begin_layout Enumerate
5607 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5610 \begin_layout Enumerate
5611 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5615 \begin_layout Standard
5624 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5625 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 The first level of an
5637 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5641 \begin_layout Enumerate
5642 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5647 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5655 \begin_layout Enumerate
5656 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Back to the third level
5666 \begin_layout Enumerate
5667 Back to the second level.
5671 \begin_layout Enumerate
5672 Back to the outermost level.
5675 \begin_layout Standard
5676 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5681 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5686 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 There is more to nesting
5695 environments than we've stated here.
5696 You should read section
5697 \begin_inset space ~
5701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5703 reference "sec:Nesting"
5707 to learn more about nesting.
5710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5716 \begin_inset Index idx
5719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5728 \begin_layout Standard
5729 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5733 list has no fixed label.
5734 Instead, LyX uses the first
5735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5742 of the first line as the label.
5746 \begin_layout Description
5747 Example: This is an example of the
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5759 \begin_layout Standard
5761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5768 it is meant that the first hit of the
5772 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5774 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5782 arg "space-insert protected"
5787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5790 \begin_inset space ~
5796 \begin_inset space ~
5800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5802 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5806 for more info.) Here is an example:
5809 \begin_layout Description
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5814 Example: This one shows how to use a
5817 \begin_inset space ~
5829 \begin_layout Description
5830 Usage: You should use the
5834 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5835 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5837 It's not a good idea to use a
5841 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5842 You're better off using
5854 paragraphs into them.
5857 \begin_layout Description
5858 Nesting: You can nest
5862 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5866 \begin_layout Standard
5867 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5868 them from the first line.
5871 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5877 \begin_inset Index idx
5880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5889 \begin_layout Standard
5894 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5906 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5911 environment is named
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5932 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5933 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5936 \begin_layout Labeling
5937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5939 \begin_inset space ~
5942 labels LyX uses the first
5943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5950 of each line as the item label.
5955 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5956 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5957 blank as described above.
5960 \begin_layout Labeling
5961 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5962 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5963 the body of the item text.
5964 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5965 label width plus a little extra space.
5969 \begin_layout Labeling
5970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5975 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5977 If the label width is larger, the label
5978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5985 into the first line.
5986 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5987 margin of the rest of the item text.
5990 \begin_layout Labeling
5991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5993 \begin_inset space ~
5996 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6001 environment have the same left margin.
6002 \begin_inset Newline newline
6005 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6008 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6010 \begin_inset space ~
6019 \begin_inset space ~
6024 determines the default label width.
6025 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6034 multiple times instead.
6035 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6044 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 every time you alter a label in a
6057 \begin_inset Newline newline
6060 The predefined default width is the length of
6061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6070 \begin_inset Newline newline
6074 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6082 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6083 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6091 \begin_layout Standard
6096 environment the same way like the
6100 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6106 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6115 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6117 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6119 \begin_inset space ~
6123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6125 reference "sec:Nesting"
6129 to learn about nesting.
6132 \begin_layout Standard
6133 There is yet another feature of the
6137 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6139 You can use additional
6143 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6148 are documented in section
6149 \begin_inset space ~
6153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6155 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6160 Here are some examples:
6161 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6167 \begin_layout Labeling
6168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6169 Left The default for
6176 \begin_layout Labeling
6177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6185 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6188 \begin_layout Labeling
6189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6190 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6194 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6201 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6204 \begin_layout Subsection
6206 \begin_inset Index idx
6209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6219 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6222 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6224 in the document settings.
6225 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6230 \begin_inset Index idx
6233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6234 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 Custom Enumerate Lists
6244 \begin_inset Index idx
6247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6248 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6258 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6264 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6265 There you add the command
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6276 \begin_layout Standard
6277 in TeX Code (shortcut
6287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6288 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6289 \begin_inset space ~
6293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6295 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6308 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6315 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6316 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6329 For Arabic numerals use
6337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6344 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6359 \begin_layout Standard
6361 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6369 You can only number 26
6370 \begin_inset space ~
6373 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6382 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6383 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6386 \begin_layout Standard
6387 As example a list with custom numbering:
6390 \begin_layout Enumerate
6391 \begin_inset Argument
6394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 \begin_layout Enumerate
6421 \begin_inset Argument
6424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6447 \begin_layout Enumerate
6452 \begin_layout Enumerate
6453 \begin_inset Argument
6456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6480 \begin_layout Enumerate
6481 \begin_inset Argument
6484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6510 \begin_layout Standard
6511 For this list these commands were used:
6514 \begin_layout Standard
6525 \begin_inset Newline newline
6533 \begin_inset Newline newline
6541 \begin_inset Newline newline
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6558 makes the label emphasized and
6567 \begin_layout Standard
6568 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6576 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6577 lists until you change the definition.
6585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6587 \begin_inset Index idx
6590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6591 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6599 \begin_layout Standard
6600 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6603 \begin_layout Enumerate
6604 \begin_inset Argument
6607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6626 \begin_inset Note Note
6629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6630 goes back to default numbering
6638 \begin_layout Enumerate
6642 \begin_layout Standard
6646 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6651 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6656 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6657 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6660 \begin_layout Standard
6661 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6669 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6677 \begin_layout Standard
6678 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6680 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6681 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6682 of a normal new enumeration.
6683 There insert the command
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6692 \begin_layout Standard
6697 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6701 \begin_layout Enumerate
6705 \begin_layout Enumerate
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6713 \begin_layout Enumerate
6714 \begin_inset Argument
6717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6733 This enumeration starts at 4
6736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6738 \begin_inset Index idx
6741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6751 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6753 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6756 \begin_layout Itemize
6760 \begin_layout Itemize
6761 with standard spacing
6764 \begin_layout Standard
6765 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6767 There add the command
6771 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_inset Argument
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6797 \begin_layout Itemize
6801 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Standard
6806 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6812 \begin_inset Index idx
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6816 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6822 For more info see its documentation,
6823 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6832 \begin_layout Standard
6833 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6835 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6836 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6837 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6840 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6843 \begin_layout Enumerate
6844 \begin_inset Argument
6847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6855 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6868 \begin_layout Enumerate
6869 with negative indentation
6872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6873 Further Customization
6874 \begin_inset Index idx
6877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 \begin_layout Standard
6887 You can also change the style of description lists.
6891 \begin_layout Standard
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6898 changes the description label font, the command
6901 \begin_layout Standard
6907 \begin_layout Standard
6908 sets the list style.
6911 \begin_layout Standard
6912 An example where the command
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6920 itshape, style=nextline
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6927 \begin_layout Description
6929 \begin_inset space ~
6933 \begin_inset Argument
6936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6942 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6944 itshape, style=nextline
6954 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6955 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6959 \begin_layout Description
6961 \begin_inset space ~
6964 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6965 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6966 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6969 \begin_layout Standard
6970 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6976 \begin_inset Index idx
6979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6980 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6986 For more info see its documentation,
6987 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6996 \begin_layout Subsection
6998 \begin_inset Index idx
7001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7010 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7018 \begin_inset space ~
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7035 \begin_inset space ~
7041 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7042 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7043 In contrast, you can use the
7050 \begin_inset space ~
7055 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7056 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7060 \begin_layout Standard
7061 Of course, you're not limited to using
7068 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_inset space ~
7082 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7083 some European academic papers.
7086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7090 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7102 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7103 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7107 \begin_inset space ~
7112 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7113 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7114 Here's an example of each:
7117 \begin_layout Right Address
7119 \begin_inset Newline newline
7123 \begin_inset Newline newline
7127 \begin_inset Newline newline
7130 When is it? What is today?
7133 \begin_layout Standard
7137 \begin_inset space ~
7143 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7144 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7145 Here's an example of the
7152 \begin_layout Address
7154 \begin_inset Newline newline
7157 Where do I send this
7158 \begin_inset Newline newline
7161 Your post office and country
7164 \begin_layout Standard
7165 As you can see, both
7172 \begin_inset space ~
7177 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7182 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7188 This makes sense, since
7196 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7197 Thus, you have to use
7204 arg "newline-insert newline"
7210 \begin_inset space ~
7213 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7215 \begin_inset space ~
7224 menu) to start a new line in an
7231 \begin_inset space ~
7239 \begin_layout Subsection
7243 \begin_layout Standard
7244 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7245 or list of references.
7246 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7253 \begin_inset Index idx
7256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7270 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7271 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7272 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7273 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7277 in anything else or vice versa.
7283 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7284 The book document classes ignores the
7288 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7292 in a letter document class.
7295 \begin_layout Standard
7300 environment does several things for you.
7301 First, it puts the centered label
7302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7310 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7312 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7313 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7314 the subsequent text.
7315 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7316 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7324 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7325 The new paragraph will still be in the
7330 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7331 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7334 \begin_layout Standard
7335 \begin_inset Float figure
7340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7342 \begin_inset Graphics
7343 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7351 \begin_inset Caption
7353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7377 \begin_layout Standard
7378 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7382 environment, but since this document is in the
7383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7390 class, we can't do this.
7391 We inserted it therefore as figure
7392 \begin_inset space ~
7396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7398 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7403 If you've never heard of an
7404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7411 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7420 \begin_inset Index idx
7423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7432 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7444 environment is used to list references.
7445 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7446 only use it at the end of the document.
7451 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7454 \begin_layout Standard
7455 When you first open a
7459 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7475 depending on the document class.
7476 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7477 Each paragraph of the
7481 environment is a bibliography entry.
7486 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7487 Each new paragraph is still in the
7494 \begin_layout Standard
7495 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7496 by using a BibTeX database.
7497 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7498 phy handling, have a look at in section
7499 \begin_inset space ~
7503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7505 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7512 \begin_layout Subsection
7516 \begin_inset Index idx
7519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7520 Paragraph ! LyX code
7526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7535 \begin_layout Standard
7540 environment is another LyX extension.
7541 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7546 key as a fixed whitespace;
7550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7562 \begin_inset space ~
7567 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7572 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7573 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7576 arg "newline-insert newline"
7593 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7594 So, when you finish using the
7598 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7599 Also, you can nest the
7603 environment inside of others.
7606 \begin_layout Standard
7607 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7610 \begin_layout Itemize
7614 arg "newline-insert newline"
7617 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7622 \begin_inset space \space{}
7632 arg "newline-insert newline"
7638 \begin_layout Itemize
7642 arg "newline-insert newline"
7653 \begin_layout Itemize
7658 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7665 \begin_layout Itemize
7669 arg "space-insert protected"
7676 \begin_layout Itemize
7677 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7678 You must put at least one
7682 in any line you want blank.
7683 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7686 \begin_layout Itemize
7687 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7691 since that will insert
7696 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7699 arg "self-insert \""
7705 \begin_layout Standard
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7726 printf("Hello World!
7731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7739 \begin_layout Standard
7740 This is just the standard
7741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7757 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7758 rc-files, and so on.
7759 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7760 as if you used a typewriter.
7761 \begin_inset Index idx
7764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7765 Paragraph environments|)
7770 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7773 Program Code Listings
7778 \begin_inset space ~
7786 \begin_layout Section
7787 Nesting Environments
7788 \begin_inset Index idx
7791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7792 Nesting ! Environments
7798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7807 \begin_layout Subsection
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7812 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7814 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7816 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7818 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7830 \begin_layout Enumerate
7834 \begin_layout Enumerate
7839 \begin_layout Enumerate
7843 \begin_layout Enumerate
7848 \begin_layout Enumerate
7852 \begin_layout Standard
7853 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7854 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7857 \begin_inset space ~
7861 \begin_inset space ~
7869 \begin_inset space ~
7873 \begin_inset space ~
7882 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7883 will tell you how far you are nested).
7884 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7887 arg "depth-increment"
7893 arg "depth-decrement"
7896 or the convenient key bindings
7907 arg "depth-increment"
7913 arg "depth-decrement"
7916 to change the nesting level.
7917 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7918 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7922 \begin_layout Standard
7923 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7924 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7925 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7926 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7930 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7931 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7933 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7936 \begin_layout Subsection
7937 What You Can and Can't Nest
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7941 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7942 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7946 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7947 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7948 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7951 \begin_layout Itemize
7952 Completely unnestable
7955 \begin_layout Itemize
7956 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7960 \begin_layout Itemize
7961 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7965 \begin_layout Standard
7966 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7967 environments have them:
7970 \begin_layout Description
7971 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7972 Can't nest into them.
7976 \begin_layout Itemize
7982 \begin_layout Itemize
7988 \begin_layout Itemize
7994 \begin_layout Itemize
8000 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 \begin_layout Description
8009 \begin_inset space ~
8012 Nestable You can nest them.
8013 You can nest other things into them.
8017 \begin_layout Itemize
8023 \begin_layout Itemize
8029 \begin_layout Itemize
8035 \begin_layout Itemize
8041 \begin_layout Itemize
8047 \begin_layout Itemize
8053 \begin_layout Itemize
8059 \begin_layout Itemize
8066 \begin_layout Description
8067 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8068 You can't nest anything into them.
8072 \begin_layout Itemize
8078 \begin_layout Itemize
8084 \begin_layout Itemize
8090 \begin_layout Itemize
8096 \begin_layout Itemize
8102 \begin_layout Itemize
8108 \begin_layout Itemize
8114 \begin_layout Itemize
8120 \begin_layout Itemize
8126 \begin_layout Itemize
8132 \begin_layout Itemize
8138 \begin_layout Itemize
8144 \begin_layout Itemize
8150 \begin_layout Itemize
8154 \begin_inset space ~
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8167 \begin_layout Standard
8168 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8176 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8185 \begin_inset space ~
8189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8193 \begin_inset space \space{}
8196 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8197 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8198 section headings violate this.
8206 \begin_layout Subsection
8207 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8208 \begin_inset Index idx
8211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8212 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8220 \begin_layout Standard
8221 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8222 affected by nesting anyhow.
8226 \begin_layout Itemize
8230 \begin_layout Itemize
8234 \begin_layout Itemize
8238 \begin_layout Standard
8240 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8248 Figures and tables in
8252 are not affected by this.
8257 Have a look at section
8258 \begin_inset space ~
8262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8264 reference "sec:Floats"
8268 for more information about
8275 \begin_layout Standard
8276 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8277 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8281 \begin_layout Standard
8282 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8290 of its own, it behaves just like a
8291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8298 paragraph environment.
8299 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8303 \begin_layout Standard
8304 Here's an example with a table:
8307 \begin_layout Enumerate
8312 \begin_layout Enumerate
8313 This is (a) and it's nested.
8317 \begin_layout Standard
8318 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8324 \begin_layout Standard
8326 \begin_inset Tabular
8327 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8328 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8414 \begin_layout Standard
8415 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8422 \begin_layout Enumerate
8424 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8428 \begin_layout Enumerate
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8433 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8436 \begin_layout Enumerate
8441 \begin_layout Enumerate
8442 This is (a) and it's nested.
8446 \begin_layout Standard
8447 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8453 \begin_layout Standard
8455 \begin_inset Tabular
8456 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8457 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8543 \begin_layout Standard
8544 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8550 \begin_layout Enumerate
8557 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8560 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 \begin_layout Standard
8565 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8569 \begin_layout Standard
8570 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8572 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8575 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 \begin_layout Enumerate
8581 This is (a) and it's nested.
8584 \begin_layout Standard
8585 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8593 \begin_inset Tabular
8594 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8595 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8681 \begin_layout Standard
8682 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8688 \begin_layout Enumerate
8690 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8698 \begin_layout Enumerate
8702 \begin_layout Standard
8703 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8709 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8710 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8714 \begin_layout Subsection
8715 Usage and General Features
8718 \begin_layout Standard
8719 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8728 is the innermost possible depth.
8729 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8732 \begin_layout Enumerate
8733 level #1 – outermost
8737 \begin_layout Enumerate
8742 \begin_layout Enumerate
8747 \begin_layout Enumerate
8752 \begin_layout Itemize
8757 \begin_layout Itemize
8766 \begin_layout Standard
8767 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8768 both of them in the example.
8769 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8779 For example, if we tried to nest another
8784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8791 , we would get errors.
8794 \begin_layout Subsection
8796 \begin_inset Index idx
8799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 \begin_layout Standard
8809 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8810 We have several examples of nested environments.
8811 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8815 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8816 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8819 \begin_layout Labeling
8820 \labelwidthstring MMM
8821 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8830 \begin_layout Labeling
8831 \labelwidthstring MMM
8832 #2-a This is level #2.
8833 We created it by using
8836 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8842 arg "depth-increment"
8849 \begin_layout Labeling
8850 \labelwidthstring MMM
8851 #3-a This is level #3.
8852 This time, we just hit
8859 arg "depth-increment"
8863 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8867 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8873 arg "depth-increment"
8880 \begin_layout Standard
8885 environment, nested inside of
8886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8894 So, it's at level #4.
8895 We did this by hitting
8898 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8904 arg "depth-increment"
8907 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8912 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8928 \begin_layout Standard
8933 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8936 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8942 \begin_layout Labeling
8943 \labelwidthstring MMM
8944 #4-a This is level #4.
8948 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8951 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8956 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8960 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8965 keep nesting things inside
8966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8977 \begin_layout Labeling
8978 \labelwidthstring MMM
8979 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8984 \begin_layout Labeling
8985 \labelwidthstring MMM
8986 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8987 and this is level #6.
8988 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8992 \begin_layout Labeling
8993 \labelwidthstring MMM
8994 #5-b Back to level #5.
8998 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9004 arg "depth-decrement"
9011 \begin_layout Labeling
9012 \labelwidthstring MMM
9016 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9022 arg "depth-decrement"
9025 , we're back at level #4.
9029 \begin_layout Labeling
9030 \labelwidthstring MMM
9031 #3-b Back to level #3.
9032 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9036 \begin_layout Labeling
9037 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 #2-b Back to level #2.
9043 \begin_layout Labeling
9044 \labelwidthstring MMM
9045 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9046 After this sentence, we'll hit
9050 and change the paragraph environment back to
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 We could have also used the
9074 environment in place of the
9079 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9083 Example 2: Inheritance
9086 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9087 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9090 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9099 arg "depth-increment"
9102 , after which, we'll change to the
9110 \begin_layout Enumerate
9115 environment, at level #2.
9118 \begin_layout Enumerate
9119 Notice how the nested
9123 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9127 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9131 \begin_layout Standard
9132 We ended this example by hitting
9137 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9141 and reset the nesting depth by using
9144 arg "depth-decrement"
9150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9151 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9160 \begin_inset Argument
9163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9164 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9172 \begin_layout Enumerate
9173 This is level #1, in an
9177 paragraph environment.
9178 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9182 \begin_layout Enumerate
9187 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9193 arg "depth-increment"
9197 Now, what happens if we nest an
9201 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9202 label be? An asterisk?
9206 \begin_layout Itemize
9216 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9217 So, its label is a bullet.
9218 (We got here by using
9221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9227 arg "depth-increment"
9230 , then changing the environment to
9238 \begin_layout Itemize
9239 Here's level #4, produced using
9242 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9248 arg "depth-increment"
9252 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9257 \begin_layout Enumerate
9258 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9260 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9265 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9269 , because we are in the
9278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9297 \begin_layout Enumerate
9302 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9303 type of numbering does LyX use?
9306 \begin_layout Enumerate
9307 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9310 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9313 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9316 \begin_layout Enumerate
9320 arg "depth-decrement"
9323 to decrease the depth after the next
9326 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9333 \begin_layout Enumerate
9335 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9339 \begin_layout Enumerate
9341 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9342 numeral as the label.Why?
9345 \begin_layout Enumerate
9346 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9355 Notice, however, that LyX
9359 reset the counter for the label.
9363 \begin_layout Enumerate
9367 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9373 arg "depth-decrement"
9376 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9377 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9378 into the twofold-nested
9386 \begin_layout Enumerate
9387 The same thing happens if we do another
9390 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9396 arg "depth-decrement"
9399 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9408 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9422 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9428 The same rule applies for the
9432 environment, as well.
9435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9436 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9439 \begin_layout Enumerate
9440 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9441 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9442 same detail with how we did it.
9451 \begin_layout Standard
9459 arg "depth-increment"
9466 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9467 example in parentheses someplace.
9468 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9469 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9470 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9474 \begin_layout Enumerate
9479 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9484 Now we'll add verse.
9485 \begin_inset Newline newline
9488 It will get much worse.
9489 \begin_inset Newline newline
9499 arg "depth-increment"
9510 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9511 \begin_inset Newline newline
9514 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9515 \begin_inset Newline newline
9521 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9534 \begin_layout Standard
9535 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9543 \begin_inset Tabular
9544 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9545 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9636 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9646 arg "depth-increment"
9652 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9662 arg "depth-decrement"
9669 \begin_layout Enumerate
9674 : level #1) This is another item.
9675 Note that selecting a
9679 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9680 3 times to put the table inside the
9688 \begin_layout Quotation
9689 We're now ending the
9693 list and changing to
9698 We're still at level #1.
9699 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9700 The next set of paragraphs is a
9701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9715 \begin_inset space ~
9720 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9724 for the letter body.
9728 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9731 to preserve the depth.
9732 Remember that you need to use
9735 arg "newline-insert newline"
9738 to create multiple lines inside the
9745 \begin_inset space ~
9755 \begin_layout Right Address
9757 \begin_inset Newline newline
9760 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9761 \begin_inset Newline newline
9767 \begin_layout Address
9769 \begin_inset space ~
9775 \begin_layout Quotation
9776 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9780 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9781 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9782 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9783 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9784 as soon as possible.
9785 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9788 \begin_layout Quotation
9789 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9790 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9791 with your order, along with payment.
9794 \begin_layout Quotation
9795 We thank you again for your patience.
9798 \begin_layout Address
9800 \begin_inset Newline newline
9807 \begin_layout Quotation
9808 That ends that example!
9811 \begin_layout Standard
9812 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9813 just a few keystrokes.
9814 We could have easily nested an
9835 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9838 \begin_layout Section
9839 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9840 \begin_inset Index idx
9843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9852 \begin_layout Standard
9853 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9854 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9855 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9856 be broken at the end of a line.
9857 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9861 \begin_layout Subsection
9863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9865 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9870 \begin_inset Index idx
9873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9885 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9889 Further documentation is given in section
9890 \begin_inset Newline newline
9894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9896 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9905 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9920 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9929 A protected space is set with
9931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9932 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9936 \begin_inset space ~
9946 arg "space-insert protected"
9952 \begin_layout Subsection
9954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9956 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9961 \begin_inset Index idx
9964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9965 Spacing ! Horizontal
9973 \begin_layout Standard
9974 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9977 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9981 The length units are listed in Appendix
9982 \begin_inset space ~
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9988 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9995 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9999 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10004 \begin_inset Index idx
10007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10008 Spaces ! Inter-word
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10022 \begin_inset space \space{}
10025 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10026 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10027 \begin_inset space ~
10031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10033 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10038 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10039 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10042 arg "space-insert normal"
10048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10052 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10057 \begin_inset Index idx
10060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10069 \begin_layout Standard
10071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10078 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10087 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10088 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10089 inside abbreviations:
10092 \begin_layout Quote
10094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10098 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10101 \begin_layout Standard
10102 or between values and units.
10103 Compare for example this:
10104 \begin_inset Newline newline
10108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10112 \begin_inset Newline newline
10115 10 kg (normal space
10118 \begin_layout Standard
10119 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10122 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10124 \begin_inset space ~
10132 arg "space-insert thin"
10138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10142 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10149 \begin_layout Standard
10150 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10153 \begin_layout Description
10155 \begin_inset space ~
10159 \begin_inset space ~
10162 space A line with a
10163 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10167 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10171 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10174 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10177 \begin_layout Description
10179 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10187 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10191 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10195 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10199 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10206 em) space between the arrows.
10209 \begin_layout Description
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10219 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10223 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10227 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10231 \begin_inset space ~
10235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10238 em) space between the arrows.
10241 \begin_layout Description
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10251 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10255 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10259 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10270 em) space between the arrows.
10273 \begin_layout Description
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10283 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10288 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 cm space between the arrows.
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_inset space ~
10304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10306 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10310 lists the different space sizes.
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10314 \begin_inset Float table
10319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10321 \begin_inset Caption
10323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10326 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10330 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10340 \begin_inset Tabular
10341 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10342 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10567 \begin_inset Index idx
10570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10580 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10581 in a uniform fashion.
10582 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10583 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10584 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10585 equally between themselves.
10589 \begin_layout Standard
10590 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10593 \begin_layout Quote
10595 This is on the left side
10596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10599 This is on the right
10602 \begin_layout Quote
10605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10615 \begin_layout Quote
10618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10632 \begin_layout Standard
10633 That was an example in the
10639 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10647 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10650 is one in a standard paragraph.
10651 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10655 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10662 \begin_inset space ~
10667 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10672 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10684 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10700 \begin_inset space ~
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10708 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10736 \begin_inset space ~
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10751 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10755 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10756 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10757 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10761 option in the space dialog.
10769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10773 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10778 \begin_inset Index idx
10781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10790 \begin_layout Standard
10791 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10797 \begin_inset space \space{}
10800 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10807 What is correct English?:
10808 \begin_inset Newline newline
10812 \begin_inset Newline newline
10816 \begin_inset space ~
10819 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10820 \begin_inset Newline newline
10824 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10835 \begin_inset Newline newline
10839 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10850 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10856 \begin_layout Standard
10857 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10874 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10877 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10881 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10887 \begin_inset space ~
10891 \begin_inset space ~
10895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10898 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10907 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10908 That is why it is named
10909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10918 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10922 \begin_layout Subsection
10924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10926 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10931 \begin_inset Index idx
10934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10944 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10947 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10949 \begin_inset space ~
10955 There you find the following sizes:
10958 \begin_layout Standard
10971 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10976 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10982 \begin_inset Index idx
10985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10986 Document ! Settings
10991 for the paragraph separation.
10992 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11009 \begin_inset Index idx
11012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11019 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11021 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11022 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11031 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 s are described in section
11041 \begin_inset space ~
11045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11047 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11056 If there are several
11060 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11061 You can therefore use
11065 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11068 \begin_layout Standard
11073 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11087 \begin_layout Standard
11088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11098 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11099 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11111 \begin_layout Subsection
11112 Paragraph Alignment
11115 \begin_layout Standard
11116 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11122 There are five possibilities:
11125 \begin_layout Itemize
11133 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11147 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11153 \begin_layout Itemize
11161 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11167 \begin_layout Itemize
11175 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11181 \begin_layout Itemize
11189 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11197 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11198 the left and right margins.
11199 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11204 This paragraph is right aligned,
11207 \begin_layout Standard
11209 this one is centered,
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11214 this one is left aligned.
11217 \begin_layout Subsection
11219 \begin_inset Index idx
11222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11223 Page breaks ! Forced
11229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11231 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11240 can force a page break where you want one.
11241 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11242 Only if you use a lot of
11246 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11249 \begin_layout Standard
11250 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11251 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11255 have to change the page breaking.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11261 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11264 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11266 \begin_inset space ~
11272 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11275 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11277 \begin_inset space ~
11282 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11284 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11285 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11290 at the top of a page.
11291 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11292 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11293 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11294 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11298 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11302 to learn more about
11309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11313 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11318 \begin_inset Index idx
11321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 Page breaks ! Clear
11330 \begin_layout Standard
11331 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11332 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11333 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11334 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11335 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11339 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_inset space ~
11350 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11355 \begin_inset space ~
11359 \begin_inset space ~
11364 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11365 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11368 \begin_layout Subsection
11370 \begin_inset Index idx
11373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11382 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11392 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11397 \begin_inset space ~
11401 \begin_inset space ~
11409 arg "newline-insert newline"
11413 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11416 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11418 \begin_inset space ~
11422 \begin_inset space ~
11427 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11429 This is necessary to avoid
11430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11442 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11443 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11444 set a line break, e.
11445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11449 \begin_inset space \space{}
11452 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11453 \begin_inset space ~
11457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11459 reference "sec:Quote"
11464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11466 reference "sec:Verse"
11471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11473 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11480 \begin_layout Subsection
11482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11484 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11489 \begin_inset Index idx
11492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11501 \begin_layout Standard
11503 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11514 \begin_layout Standard
11517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11518 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11520 \begin_inset space ~
11525 you can insert horizontal lines.
11526 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11527 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11528 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11531 \begin_layout Standard
11533 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11544 \begin_layout Section
11545 Characters and Symbols
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11549 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11550 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11555 \begin_inset space \space{}
11558 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11566 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11570 for information on how this is done.
11573 \begin_layout Standard
11574 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11579 dialog via the menu
11581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11582 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11588 \begin_layout Standard
11589 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11597 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11598 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11599 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11607 \begin_layout Section
11608 Fonts and Text Styles
11609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11611 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11618 \begin_layout Subsection
11620 \begin_inset Index idx
11623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11633 There are two types of fonts:
11636 \begin_layout Description
11638 \begin_inset space ~
11642 \begin_inset Index idx
11645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11651 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11656 characters) in the font.
11657 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11658 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11659 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11660 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11661 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11662 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11663 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11664 \begin_inset Newline newline
11667 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11668 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11669 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11670 sizes than at small ones.
11671 \begin_inset Newline newline
11685 \begin_inset space ~
11693 \begin_layout Description
11695 \begin_inset space ~
11699 \begin_inset Index idx
11702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11708 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11709 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11710 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11711 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11712 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11713 picture manipulation program.
11714 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11715 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11716 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11717 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11718 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11720 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11721 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11722 \begin_inset Newline newline
11725 Bitmap fonts are named
11728 \begin_inset space ~
11733 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11736 \begin_layout Standard
11737 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11738 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11739 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11740 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11741 use scalable fonts.
11744 \begin_layout Standard
11745 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11746 its document properties.
11749 \begin_layout Standard
11750 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11751 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11752 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11753 font to emphasize text, you use an
11754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11762 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11763 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11767 \begin_layout Subsection
11769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11771 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11778 \begin_layout Standard
11779 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11780 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11781 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11783 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11784 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11785 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11786 to usual word processors.
11787 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11788 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11789 across different machines.
11790 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11791 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11793 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11795 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11801 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11806 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11807 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11813 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11814 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11815 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11816 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11817 that is installed on your system.
11818 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11821 \begin_layout Standard
11822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11830 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11831 es; so you might have to experiment.
11839 \begin_layout Standard
11840 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11848 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11849 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11857 \begin_layout Subsection
11858 Document Font and Font size
11859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11861 name "sub:Document-Font"
11866 \begin_inset Index idx
11869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11876 \begin_inset Index idx
11879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11888 \begin_layout Standard
11889 You can set the document fonts in the
11891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11895 \begin_inset Index idx
11898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11899 Document ! Settings
11909 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11910 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11913 \begin_inset space ~
11922 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11923 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11927 \begin_layout Standard
11934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11943 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11944 This requires that you use
11950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11989 as output format, i.
11990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11994 \begin_inset space ~
11997 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11998 \begin_inset space ~
12002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12004 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12009 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12011 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12013 \begin_inset space ~
12016 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12017 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12018 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12020 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12023 \begin_layout Standard
12024 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12029 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12034 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12035 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12042 \begin_inset space ~
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 European Computer Modern
12064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12074 \begin_layout Standard
12083 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12084 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12089 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12092 \begin_inset space ~
12097 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12103 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12104 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12107 \begin_layout Itemize
12111 \begin_inset space ~
12116 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12129 \begin_inset space ~
12134 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12138 as the default font.
12139 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12140 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12157 One difference is improved kerning.
12165 \begin_layout Itemize
12169 \begin_inset space ~
12173 \begin_inset space ~
12178 fonts in (the rare) case that
12181 \begin_inset space ~
12186 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12201 Virtual means that it
12202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12213 -glyphs from other fonts.
12214 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12236 Loading the LaTeX-package
12241 \begin_inset Index idx
12244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12245 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12250 with the document preamble line
12251 \begin_inset Newline newline
12258 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12259 \begin_inset Newline newline
12264 will fix the guillemet problem.
12269 and that accented characters are not
12273 glyph, but build of
12277 characters, the accent and the letter.
12278 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12284 If you search for example for the French word
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 and not for the glyph
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset space ~
12310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12316 \begin_layout Itemize
12317 If you do not like the look of
12325 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12330 \begin_inset space ~
12336 \begin_inset space ~
12346 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12350 serif and typewriter fonts
12354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12355 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12362 \begin_inset space ~
12371 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12376 \begin_inset space \space{}
12384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12388 \begin_inset space \space{}
12394 \begin_inset space ~
12402 \begin_inset space ~
12412 , but you can also select your own.
12413 \begin_inset Newline newline
12416 The differences between roman,
12419 \begin_inset space ~
12428 fonts are explained in section
12429 \begin_inset space ~
12433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12435 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12440 \begin_inset Newline newline
12446 \begin_inset space ~
12451 was originally designed for newspapers.
12452 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12453 into the small newspaper columns.
12457 \begin_inset space ~
12462 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12465 \begin_layout Standard
12466 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12479 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12484 depends on the class you are using.
12485 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12488 \begin_layout Standard
12489 Note that the font size is the
12494 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12495 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12496 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12499 \begin_inset space ~
12505 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12506 \begin_inset space ~
12510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12512 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12524 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12526 \begin_inset space ~
12529 serif or typewriter.
12534 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12544 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12547 \begin_layout Standard
12556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12565 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12571 \begin_inset space ~
12575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12577 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12582 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12583 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12591 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12593 Use Old Style Figures
12597 Use True Small Caps
12600 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12603 Use Old Style Figures
12605 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12611 \begin_inset space ~
12614 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12617 Use True Small Caps
12619 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12620 of scaled capitals.
12621 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12622 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12625 \begin_layout Standard
12630 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12631 a font to display the script characters.
12635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12636 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12641 So this has no effect for the document language
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12670 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12674 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12675 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12676 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12678 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12681 dialog, see section
12682 \begin_inset space ~
12686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12688 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12700 \begin_layout Subsection
12701 Using Different Character Styles
12702 \begin_inset Index idx
12705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12712 \begin_inset Index idx
12715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12726 certain paragraph environments.
12727 LyX supports two character styles,
12736 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12740 \begin_layout Standard
12745 style, do one of the following:
12748 \begin_layout Itemize
12749 click on the toolbar button
12758 \begin_layout Itemize
12759 use the key binding
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 These commands are all toggles.
12774 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 One typically uses the
12782 style for proper names.
12784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12791 is the original author of LyX.
12792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 A more widely used character style is the
12804 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12811 \begin_layout Itemize
12812 clicking on the toolbar button
12821 \begin_layout Itemize
12822 using the keybindings
12831 \begin_layout Standard
12836 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12837 es use a different font.
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 We've been using the
12845 style all over the place in this document.
12846 Here's one more example:
12849 \begin_layout Quotation
12852 Don't overuse character styles!
12855 \begin_layout Standard
12856 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12857 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12858 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12859 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12863 \begin_layout Standard
12864 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12872 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12874 \begin_inset space ~
12882 \begin_layout Subsection
12883 Fine-Tuning with the
12888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12890 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12895 \begin_inset Index idx
12898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12909 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12910 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12911 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12912 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12913 from ordinary dialog.
12916 \begin_layout Standard
12917 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12918 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12919 \begin_inset Newline newline
12922 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12923 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 To use custom character styles, open the
12929 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12931 \begin_inset space ~
12934 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12939 font property which you can choose.
12940 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12943 \begin_inset space ~
12948 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12953 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12954 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12955 environments in a snap.
12958 \begin_layout Standard
12959 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12962 \begin_inset space ~
12974 \begin_layout Labeling
12975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12989 The possible options are:
12993 \begin_layout Labeling
12994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12999 This is the Roman font family.
13000 Normally a serif font.
13001 It's also the default family.
13011 \begin_layout Labeling
13012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13016 \begin_inset space ~
13023 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13035 \begin_layout Labeling
13036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13043 This is the Typewriter font family.
13049 arg "font-typewriter"
13058 \begin_layout Labeling
13059 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13064 This corresponds to the print weight.
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13075 This is the Medium font series.
13076 It's also the default series.
13079 \begin_layout Labeling
13080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13087 This is the Bold font series.
13100 \begin_layout Labeling
13101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13106 As the name implies.
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13117 This is the Upright font shape.
13118 It's also the default shape.
13121 \begin_layout Labeling
13122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13136 s the Italic font shape
13142 \begin_layout Labeling
13143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13150 This is the Slanted font shape
13152 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13155 \begin_layout Labeling
13156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13160 \begin_inset space ~
13167 This is the Small caps font shape
13174 \begin_layout Labeling
13175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13180 Alters the size of the font.
13181 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13182 nal to the document font size.
13183 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13184 what you want to do.
13189 \begin_layout Labeling
13190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13211 arg "font-size tiny"
13217 \begin_layout Labeling
13218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13239 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13245 \begin_layout Labeling
13246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13267 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13273 \begin_layout Labeling
13274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13295 arg "font-size small"
13301 \begin_layout Labeling
13302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13316 It's also the default size.
13320 arg "font-size normal"
13326 \begin_layout Labeling
13327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13348 arg "font-size large"
13354 \begin_layout Labeling
13355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13376 arg "font-size larger"
13382 \begin_layout Labeling
13383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13404 arg "font-size largest"
13410 \begin_layout Labeling
13411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 arg "font-size huge"
13438 \begin_layout Labeling
13439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13460 arg "font-size giant"
13466 \begin_layout Labeling
13467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13472 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13492 arg "font-size increase"
13498 \begin_layout Labeling
13499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13504 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13524 arg "font-size decrease"
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13536 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13537 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13538 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13539 — use that instead.
13540 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13543 \begin_layout Labeling
13544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13549 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13554 \begin_layout Labeling
13555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13562 This is text with emphasize on
13565 This might seem like the same as
13569 , but it is actually a bit different.
13575 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13577 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13580 \begin_layout Labeling
13581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13588 This is text with Underbar on.
13594 arg "font-underline"
13600 \begin_inset Newline newline
13605 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13606 when you couldn't change fonts.
13607 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13608 It's only included in LyX because some people
13612 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13615 \begin_layout Labeling
13616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13620 \begin_inset space ~
13627 This is text with Double underbar on.
13633 arg "font-underunderline"
13637 \begin_inset Newline newline
13640 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13641 about double underbar.
13644 \begin_layout Labeling
13645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13649 \begin_inset space ~
13656 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13662 arg "font-underwave"
13666 \begin_inset Newline newline
13669 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13670 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13673 \begin_layout Labeling
13674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13681 This is text with Strikeout on.
13687 arg "font-strikeout"
13690 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13694 \begin_layout Labeling
13695 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13702 This is text with Noun on.
13709 , this is a logical attribute.
13710 Normally it's equivalent to
13713 \begin_inset space ~
13722 \begin_layout Labeling
13723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13728 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13729 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13733 \begin_inset space ~
13738 , which is the default
13739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13746 and means normally black, you can choose between
13779 \begin_inset Index idx
13782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13791 \begin_layout Labeling
13792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13797 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13798 the language of the document.
13799 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13803 \begin_layout Standard
13804 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13805 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13807 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13809 \begin_inset space ~
13814 dialog, the settings are saved.
13815 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13818 arg "textstyle-apply"
13822 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13835 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13836 (suppose you just set the shape to
13837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13855 \begin_inset space ~
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13876 \begin_inset space ~
13888 \begin_layout Itemize
13894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13901 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13919 \begin_inset Newline newline
13923 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13937 \begin_inset Note Note
13940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13941 For more on phantoms see section
13942 \begin_inset space ~
13946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13948 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13958 \begin_inset Newline newline
13964 \begin_layout Itemize
13969 fonts use characters with serifs.
13970 These are the small
13971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13978 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13979 The following example will show the difference:
13980 \begin_inset Newline newline
13984 \begin_inset Newline newline
13989 text without serifs
13992 \begin_inset Newline newline
13995 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13996 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14003 \begin_layout Itemize
14009 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14010 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14021 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14022 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14023 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14025 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14026 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14027 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14044 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14045 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14053 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14062 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14097 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14106 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14112 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14115 \begin_layout Section
14116 Printing and Previewing
14119 \begin_layout Subsection
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14125 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14126 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14127 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14128 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14130 Additional Features
14135 \begin_layout Standard
14136 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14137 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14138 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14139 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14140 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14141 This happens in two stages:
14144 \begin_layout Enumerate
14145 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14146 generating a file with the extension,
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14161 \begin_layout Enumerate
14162 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14166 file to produce printable output.
14170 \begin_layout Subsection
14171 Output file formats
14172 \begin_inset Index idx
14175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14184 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14191 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14192 Simple text (ASCII)
14193 \begin_inset Index idx
14196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14197 File formats ! ASCII
14205 \begin_layout Standard
14206 This file type has the extension
14207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14219 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14223 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14230 \begin_layout Standard
14231 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14233 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14234 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14236 \begin_inset space ~
14243 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14244 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14246 \begin_inset space ~
14250 \begin_inset space ~
14256 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14262 \begin_inset Index idx
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14266 File formats ! LaTeX
14274 \begin_layout Standard
14275 This file type has the extension
14276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14287 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14289 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14290 it manually with console commands.
14291 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14292 you view or export your document.
14295 \begin_layout Standard
14296 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14298 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14299 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14316 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14318 \begin_inset Index idx
14321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14330 \begin_layout Standard
14331 This file type has the extension
14332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14352 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14353 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14354 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14358 \begin_layout Standard
14359 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14360 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14361 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14362 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14364 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14367 \begin_layout Standard
14368 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14370 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14371 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14376 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14377 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14379 \begin_inset space ~
14386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14396 The latter option uses the program
14405 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14406 font access (see section
14407 \begin_inset space ~
14411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14413 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14418 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14424 \begin_inset Index idx
14427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14428 File formats ! PostScript
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 This file type has the extension
14438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14450 PostScript was developed by the company
14454 as a printer language.
14455 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14457 PostScript can be seen as a
14458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 programming language
14462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14465 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14470 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14476 \begin_inset Index idx
14479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14480 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14490 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 Encapsulated PostScript
14499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14502 (EPS, file extension
14503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14515 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14516 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14521 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14522 \begin_inset space ~
14525 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14526 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14527 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14528 EPS to avoid this problem.
14531 \begin_layout Standard
14532 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14534 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14535 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14543 \begin_inset Index idx
14546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14553 \begin_inset Index idx
14556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14565 \begin_layout Standard
14566 This file type has the extension
14567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 Portable Document Format
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14591 was derived from PostScript.
14592 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14602 looks exactly the same.
14605 \begin_layout Standard
14606 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14610 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 (JPG, file extension
14615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14642 Portable Network Graphics
14643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14646 (PNG, file extension
14647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14659 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14660 in the background to one of these formats.
14661 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14662 will slow down your workflow.
14663 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14669 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14672 in three different ways:
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 PDF This uses the program
14680 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14681 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14685 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14686 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14689 \begin_layout Description
14691 \begin_inset space ~
14694 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14698 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14702 \begin_layout Description
14704 \begin_inset space ~
14707 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14711 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14714 \begin_layout Description
14716 \begin_inset space ~
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14730 X) This uses the program
14734 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14739 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14740 font access (see section
14741 \begin_inset space ~
14745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14747 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14752 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14753 y written Japanese.
14756 \begin_layout Description
14758 \begin_inset space ~
14765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14772 X) This uses the program
14776 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14781 is an even newer engine, derived from
14785 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14786 access (see section
14787 \begin_inset space ~
14791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14793 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14798 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14802 \begin_layout Standard
14803 We recommend to use
14806 \begin_inset space ~
14815 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14816 works without problems.
14817 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14818 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14822 \begin_inset space ~
14829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14841 \begin_inset space ~
14848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14857 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14867 \begin_inset Index idx
14870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14871 FileFormats ! XHTML
14877 \begin_inset Index idx
14880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14889 \begin_layout Standard
14890 This file type has the extension
14891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14903 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14904 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14905 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14906 suitable for the purpose.
14907 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14908 it, but not all do.
14911 \begin_layout Standard
14912 XHTML output remains
14913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14920 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14925 LyX and the World Wide Web
14926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14931 Additional Features
14933 manual, for more information.
14936 \begin_layout Standard
14937 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14939 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14940 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14946 \begin_layout Subsection
14948 \begin_inset Index idx
14951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14961 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14962 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14971 or the toolbar button
14978 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14979 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14986 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14990 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14992 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14998 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15003 Further output formats can be selected via
15005 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15008 or the toolbar button
15009 \begin_inset Graphics
15010 filename ../images/view-others.png
15012 groupId toolbarbuttons
15019 \begin_layout Standard
15020 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15021 viewer window using the menu
15023 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15028 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15029 Update (Other Formats)
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15037 To have a real output, export your document.
15040 \begin_layout Subsection
15041 Printing the File from within LyX
15042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15044 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15052 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15053 it directly from within LyX.
15054 To print a file, select the menu
15056 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15059 or click on the toolbar button
15062 arg "dialog-show print"
15066 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15067 This file is then processed by the program
15071 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15076 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15079 \begin_layout Standard
15080 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15081 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15082 printing one set to print on the other side.
15083 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15084 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15085 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15088 \begin_layout Standard
15089 You can set the parameters in the
15092 \begin_inset space ~
15100 \begin_layout Labeling
15101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15106 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15111 Note that this printer name is for the program
15120 has to be configured for this printer name.
15121 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15122 \begin_inset space ~
15126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15128 reference "sub:Printer"
15137 The printer should understand PostScript.
15140 \begin_layout Labeling
15141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15146 The name of a file to print to.
15147 The output will be a PostScript file.
15148 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15152 \begin_layout Section
15153 A few Words about Typography
15154 \begin_inset Index idx
15157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15166 \begin_layout Subsection
15168 \begin_inset Index idx
15171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15193 character comes in four lengths: the
15205 , and the minus sign:
15206 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15212 \begin_layout Standard
15213 \begin_inset Tabular
15214 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15215 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15216 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15217 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15218 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15219 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15248 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15288 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15315 \begin_inset space ~
15318 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15325 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15352 \begin_inset space ~
15355 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15376 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15410 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15417 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15429 character multiple times in a row.
15430 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15431 the final output, but not in LyX.
15433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15463 \begin_layout Standard
15464 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15465 math mode and has a length of its own.
15466 Here are some examples of the
15467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15481 \begin_layout Enumerate
15482 line- and page-breaks
15483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15493 \begin_layout Enumerate
15495 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15505 \begin_layout Enumerate
15506 Oh — there's a dash.
15507 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15517 \begin_layout Enumerate
15518 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15522 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15532 \begin_layout Subsection
15534 \begin_inset Index idx
15537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15546 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15553 \begin_layout Standard
15554 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15555 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15560 \begin_inset Index idx
15563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15564 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15569 following the rules of the document language.
15572 \begin_layout Standard
15573 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15578 font and with unusual constructs, like
15579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15587 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15589 This is done with the menu
15591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15592 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15594 \begin_inset space ~
15600 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15601 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15604 \begin_layout Standard
15605 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15606 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15616 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15624 as a hyphenation possibility.
15625 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15626 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15627 as described in section
15628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15631 Prevent Hyphenation
15632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 \begin_inset space ~
15646 \begin_layout Subsection
15648 \begin_inset Index idx
15651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15661 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15664 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15671 \begin_layout Standard
15672 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15673 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15674 LaTeX then adds the
15675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15678 appropriate amount of space
15679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15683 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15685 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15688 \begin_layout Standard
15689 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15690 not work in all cases.
15692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15703 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15704 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15707 \begin_layout Standard
15708 Here are some examples of
15712 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15715 \begin_layout Itemize
15720 \begin_layout Itemize
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15726 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15729 \begin_layout Itemize
15731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15735 this is too much space!
15738 \begin_layout Itemize
15743 \begin_layout Standard
15744 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15747 \begin_layout Standard
15748 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15751 \begin_layout Enumerate
15755 \begin_inset space ~
15760 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15761 \begin_inset space ~
15765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15767 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15772 \begin_inset Index idx
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 Spaces ! inter-word
15784 \begin_layout Enumerate
15788 \begin_inset space ~
15793 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15794 \begin_inset space ~
15798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15800 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15805 \begin_inset Index idx
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15817 \begin_layout Enumerate
15821 \begin_inset space ~
15825 \begin_inset space ~
15829 \begin_inset space ~
15836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15838 \begin_inset space ~
15843 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15844 This function is also bound to
15847 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15854 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15857 \begin_layout Itemize
15859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15863 \begin_inset space \space{}
15866 this is too much space!
15869 \begin_layout Itemize
15870 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15874 \begin_layout Standard
15875 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15876 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15877 will take care of this.
15880 \begin_layout Standard
15881 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15885 \begin_inset space ~
15890 feature described in section
15896 Additional Features
15901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15903 \begin_inset Index idx
15906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 Typography ! Quotes
15913 \begin_inset Index idx
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15947 \begin_layout Standard
15948 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15949 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15950 and use a closing quote at the end.
15952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15960 The keyboard character,
15964 , generates this automatically.
15967 \begin_layout Standard
15968 You can change the behavior of the
15972 key using the submenu
15978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15982 \begin_inset Index idx
15985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15986 Document ! Settings
15994 \begin_layout Standard
15995 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
16000 There are six choices:
16003 \begin_layout Labeling
16004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16016 Use quotes like this
16017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16025 \begin_inset Quotes els
16029 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16035 \begin_layout Labeling
16036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16039 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16043 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16049 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16053 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16057 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16063 \begin_layout Labeling
16064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16067 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16071 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16077 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16081 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16085 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16089 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16095 \begin_layout Labeling
16096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16099 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16103 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16109 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16113 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16117 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16121 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16127 \begin_layout Labeling
16128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16131 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16135 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16141 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16145 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16149 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16153 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16159 \begin_layout Labeling
16160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16163 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16167 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16173 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16177 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16181 \begin_inset Quotes als
16185 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16191 \begin_layout Standard
16192 These settings affect what character the
16199 \begin_layout Subsection
16201 \begin_inset Index idx
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 Typography ! Ligatures
16211 \begin_inset Index idx
16214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16245 name "sub:Ligatures"
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16253 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16254 print them as single characters.
16255 These groups are known as
16260 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16262 Here are the standard ligatures:
16265 \begin_layout Itemize
16269 \begin_layout Itemize
16273 \begin_layout Itemize
16277 \begin_layout Itemize
16281 \begin_layout Itemize
16285 \begin_layout Standard
16286 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16290 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16291 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16299 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16315 To break a ligature, use
16317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16318 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16320 \begin_inset space ~
16327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16338 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16355 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16363 \begin_layout Subsection
16365 \begin_inset Index idx
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16377 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16384 \begin_layout Standard
16385 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16386 characters in different sizes and heights.
16387 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16388 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16408 \begin_inset Note Note
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16412 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16420 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16421 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16426 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16430 \begin_layout Description
16431 LyX The name of the game, write
16432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16453 \begin_layout Description
16454 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16476 \begin_layout Description
16477 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16499 \begin_layout Description
16500 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16522 \begin_layout Standard
16523 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16528 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16536 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16537 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16538 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16541 : The actual version is
16542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16549 , the previous one was
16550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16561 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16566 \begin_inset space \space{}
16569 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16571 This will look in LyX like:
16572 \begin_inset Graphics
16573 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16579 \begin_inset Newline newline
16582 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16583 \begin_inset space ~
16587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16589 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16596 \begin_layout Subsection
16598 \begin_inset Index idx
16601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16610 \begin_layout Standard
16611 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16612 space between two words.
16613 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16623 for units use the menu
16625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16626 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16628 \begin_inset space ~
16636 arg "space-insert thin"
16642 \begin_layout Standard
16643 Here is an example to show the differences:
16646 \begin_layout Standard
16647 \begin_inset Tabular
16648 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16649 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16650 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16651 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 \begin_inset space ~
16662 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16674 space between number and unit
16681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16690 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 half space between number and unit
16715 \begin_layout Subsection
16717 \begin_inset Index idx
16720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16729 \begin_layout Standard
16730 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16732 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16733 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16734 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16735 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16736 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16737 These bits of text became known as
16748 \begin_layout Standard
16749 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16750 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16751 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16752 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16753 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16754 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16755 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16758 \begin_layout Standard
16759 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16760 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16761 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16762 \begin_inset space ~
16766 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16768 key "latexcompanion"
16773 \begin_inset space ~
16777 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16783 ) may have more information.
16784 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16787 \begin_layout Chapter
16788 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16791 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16799 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16802 \begin_inset space ~
16808 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16811 \begin_layout Section
16813 \begin_inset Index idx
16816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16832 \begin_layout Standard
16833 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16836 \begin_layout Description
16838 \begin_inset space ~
16841 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16842 \begin_inset Newline newline
16846 \begin_inset Note Note
16849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16858 \begin_layout Description
16859 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16860 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16862 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16863 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16864 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16867 \begin_inset Newline newline
16871 \begin_inset Note Comment
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16883 \begin_layout Description
16885 \begin_inset space ~
16888 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16889 \begin_inset Newline newline
16893 \begin_inset Newline newline
16897 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16907 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16908 How this can be done is explained in the
16911 \begin_inset space ~
16921 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16927 \begin_inset Newline newline
16931 \begin_inset Newline newline
16934 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16935 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16938 \begin_layout Standard
16939 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16951 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16954 \begin_layout Section
16956 \begin_inset Index idx
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16968 name "sec:Footnotes"
16975 \begin_layout Standard
16976 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16982 or the toolbar button
16985 arg "footnote-insert"
16997 \begin_inset Graphics
16998 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17007 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17036 label, the box will
17040 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17041 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17054 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17070 \begin_layout Standard
17071 Here's an example footnote:
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17088 \begin_layout Standard
17089 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17090 position where the footnote box is placed.
17091 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17092 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17093 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17094 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17095 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17100 ey are described in the
17103 \begin_inset space ~
17111 \begin_layout Section
17113 \begin_inset Index idx
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17125 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17132 \begin_layout Standard
17133 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17134 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17138 \begin_inset space ~
17143 or the toolbar button
17146 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17172 appearing within your text.
17173 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17182 \begin_layout Standard
17183 At the side is an example marginal note.
17187 \begin_inset Marginal
17190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 This is a marginal note.
17199 \begin_layout Standard
17200 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17201 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17202 pages, right on odd pages.
17205 \begin_layout Section
17206 Graphics and Images
17207 \begin_inset Index idx
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 \begin_inset Index idx
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17229 name "sec:Graphics"
17236 \begin_layout Standard
17237 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17238 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17241 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17250 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17253 \begin_layout Standard
17254 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17259 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17260 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17262 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17263 \begin_inset space ~
17267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17269 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17276 \begin_layout Standard
17281 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17282 of the image in the output.
17283 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17287 \begin_inset space ~
17291 \begin_inset space ~
17300 \begin_inset space ~
17304 \begin_inset space ~
17308 \begin_inset space ~
17313 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17314 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17322 \begin_layout Standard
17325 LaTeX and LyX options
17327 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17328 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17332 \begin_inset space ~
17337 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17338 with the image size is printed.
17342 \begin_inset space ~
17346 \begin_inset space ~
17350 \begin_inset space ~
17355 is explained in the
17358 \begin_inset space ~
17370 \begin_layout Standard
17371 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17372 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17374 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17378 \begin_layout Standard
17380 \begin_inset Graphics
17381 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17389 \begin_layout Standard
17390 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17391 the image into a float, see section
17392 \begin_inset space ~
17396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17398 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17405 \begin_layout Subsection
17407 \begin_inset Index idx
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17419 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17426 \begin_layout Standard
17427 You can insert images in any known file format.
17428 But as we explained in section
17429 \begin_inset space ~
17433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17435 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17439 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17440 LyX uses therefore the program
17444 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17445 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17446 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17447 \begin_inset space ~
17451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17453 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17460 \begin_layout Standard
17461 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17464 \begin_layout Description
17466 \begin_inset space ~
17469 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17470 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17471 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17475 Graphics Interchange Format
17476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17479 (GIF, file extension
17480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17492 \begin_inset Index idx
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17527 Portable Network Graphics
17528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17531 (PNG, file extension
17532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17544 \begin_inset Index idx
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17579 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17583 (JPG, file extension
17584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17608 \begin_inset Index idx
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 \begin_layout Description
17644 \begin_inset space ~
17647 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17649 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17650 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17651 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17652 \begin_inset Newline newline
17655 Scalable image formats can be
17656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17659 Scalable Vector Graphics
17660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17663 (SVG, file extension
17664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17676 \begin_inset Index idx
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17711 Encapsulated PostScript
17712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17715 (EPS, file extension
17716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17728 \begin_inset Index idx
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17763 Portable Document Format
17764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17767 (PDF, file extension
17768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17780 \begin_inset Index idx
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17791 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17792 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17798 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17806 \begin_layout Standard
17807 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17811 \begin_layout Subsection
17812 Grouping of Image Settings
17813 \begin_inset Index idx
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 Images ! Settings grouping
17825 \begin_layout Standard
17826 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17828 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17829 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17831 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17832 need to manually change each of them.
17836 \begin_layout Standard
17837 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17840 \begin_inset space ~
17845 field in the Graphics dialog.
17846 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17847 by checking the name of the desired group.
17850 \begin_layout Section
17852 \begin_inset Index idx
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17871 \begin_layout Standard
17872 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17875 arg "tabular-insert"
17880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17884 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17885 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17886 from the rest of the table.
17887 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17888 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17890 Here is an example table:
17893 \begin_layout Standard
17895 \begin_inset Tabular
17896 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17897 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17900 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17901 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 \begin_layout Subsection
18105 \begin_layout Standard
18106 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18107 brings up the table dialog.
18108 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18109 where the cursor is placed currently.
18110 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18111 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18112 done on all of your selection.
18115 \begin_layout Standard
18116 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18119 \begin_inset space ~
18124 helps you in setting table properties.
18125 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18128 \begin_layout Standard
18132 \begin_inset space ~
18137 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18138 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18139 current cell respectively.
18140 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18142 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18143 of text, see section
18144 \begin_inset space ~
18148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18150 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18157 \begin_layout Standard
18158 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18159 using the check box
18168 This will merge the cells to
18172 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18173 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18174 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18175 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18176 in the last row without the upper border:
18179 \begin_layout Standard
18181 \begin_inset Tabular
18182 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18183 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18185 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 \begin_layout Standard
18319 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18320 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18321 explained in the tables section of the
18324 \begin_inset space ~
18330 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18334 degrees counterclockwise.
18335 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18338 \begin_layout Standard
18339 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 Most DVI-viewers are
18351 able to display rotations.
18359 \begin_layout Standard
18364 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18369 adds lines for all cell borders.
18372 \begin_layout Subsection
18374 \begin_inset Index idx
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 Tables ! Longtables
18384 \begin_inset Index idx
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 \begin_layout Standard
18397 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18400 \begin_inset space ~
18404 \begin_inset space ~
18413 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18414 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18417 \begin_layout Description
18422 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18423 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18424 except for the first page, if
18427 \begin_inset space ~
18435 \begin_layout Description
18439 \begin_inset space ~
18444 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18445 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18448 \begin_layout Description
18453 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18454 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18455 except for the last page, if
18458 \begin_inset space ~
18466 \begin_layout Description
18470 \begin_inset space ~
18475 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18476 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18479 \begin_layout Description
18480 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18481 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18487 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18490 \begin_inset space ~
18498 \begin_layout Standard
18499 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18500 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18501 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18502 The others will then be defined as
18507 In this context, first means first in this order:
18510 \begin_inset space ~
18522 \begin_inset space ~
18528 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18531 \begin_layout Standard
18533 \begin_inset Tabular
18534 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18535 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18536 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18537 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18538 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18539 <row endfirsthead="true">
18540 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18551 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18560 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <row endfirsthead="true">
18571 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18591 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <row endhead="true">
18604 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <row endhead="true">
18635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <row endfoot="true">
18668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20649 <row endlastfoot="true">
20650 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20661 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 \begin_layout Subsection
20689 \begin_inset Index idx
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20701 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20708 \begin_layout Standard
20709 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20710 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20711 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20712 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20716 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20717 for the cell's paragraph.
20720 \begin_layout Standard
20721 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20722 for the column in the table dialog.
20723 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20724 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20730 \begin_inset Tabular
20731 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20732 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20733 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20734 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20735 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20880 This is longer now.
20885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20936 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20937 This is longer now.
20942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20970 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20975 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20976 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20982 Selection with the mouse or with
20986 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20987 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20988 the selection from outside the table.
20991 \begin_layout Section
20993 \begin_inset Index idx
20996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21012 \begin_layout Subsection
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21017 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21018 have a fixed location.
21020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21027 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21035 \begin_inset space ~
21040 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21041 too many notes on the page.
21044 \begin_layout Standard
21045 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21046 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21047 and pages without text.
21048 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21049 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21050 Floats are therefore numbered.
21051 Referencing is described in section
21052 \begin_inset space ~
21056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21058 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21066 To insert a float, use the menu
21068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21072 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21073 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21075 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21076 \begin_inset Index idx
21079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21085 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21086 paragraph within the float.
21087 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21088 by left-clicking on the box label.
21089 A closed float box looks like this:
21090 \begin_inset Graphics
21091 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21096 – a gray button with a red label.
21099 \begin_layout Standard
21100 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21101 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21104 \begin_layout Subsection
21108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21112 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21117 \begin_inset Index idx
21120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21121 Floats ! Figure floats
21129 \begin_layout Standard
21131 \begin_inset space ~
21135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21137 reference "cap:Platypus"
21141 was created using the menu
21143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21144 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21147 or the toolbar button
21150 arg "float-insert figure"
21154 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21160 or the toolbar button
21163 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21167 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21168 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21170 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21172 \begin_inset space ~
21177 or the toolbar button
21180 arg "layout-paragraph"
21186 \begin_layout Standard
21187 \begin_inset Float figure
21192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21194 \begin_inset Graphics
21195 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 \begin_inset Caption
21207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21210 name "cap:Platypus"
21214 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21228 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21230 As described in section
21231 \begin_inset space ~
21235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21237 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21241 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21246 or the toolbar button
21252 and refer to it using the menu
21254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21257 or the toolbar button
21260 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21264 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21273 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21287 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21288 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21289 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21290 as described in section
21291 \begin_inset space ~
21295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21297 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21303 \begin_inset space ~
21307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21309 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21313 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21314 You can also set the images one below the other.
21316 \begin_inset space ~
21320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21322 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21329 reference "fig:Platypus"
21333 are the subfigures.
21336 \begin_layout Standard
21337 \begin_inset Float figure
21342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21343 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21347 \begin_inset Float figure
21352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21353 \begin_inset Caption
21355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21358 name "fig:Undefinable"
21370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21371 \begin_inset Graphics
21372 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21383 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21387 \begin_inset Float figure
21392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21393 \begin_inset Caption
21395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21398 name "fig:Platypus"
21410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21411 \begin_inset Graphics
21412 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21424 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21431 \begin_inset Caption
21433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21436 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21440 Two distorted images.
21453 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21455 \begin_inset Index idx
21458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21459 Floats ! Table floats
21467 \begin_layout Standard
21468 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21471 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21474 or the toolbar botton
21477 arg "float-insert table"
21481 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21484 \begin_inset space ~
21488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21490 reference "cap:Table-float"
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21498 \begin_inset Float table
21503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21504 \begin_inset Caption
21506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21509 name "cap:Table-float"
21521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 \begin_inset Tabular
21524 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21525 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21655 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21676 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21679 \end{array}\right]$
21687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21700 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21721 \begin_layout Subsection
21723 \begin_inset Index idx
21726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 \begin_layout Standard
21736 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21737 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21738 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21740 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21748 \begin_inset space ~
21756 \begin_layout Section
21758 \begin_inset Index idx
21761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21770 name "sec:Minipages"
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21778 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21780 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21781 \begin_inset space ~
21788 \begin_layout Standard
21789 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21795 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21796 and its alignment within the page.
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21801 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21811 height_special "totalheight"
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21817 This is a minipage.
21818 The text is set in an italic style.
21821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21824 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21825 another formatting.
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21837 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21841 as described in section
21842 \begin_inset space ~
21846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21848 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21853 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21860 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21870 height_special "totalheight"
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21874 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21875 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21881 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21885 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21895 height_special "totalheight"
21898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21899 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21900 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21909 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21915 \begin_layout Standard
21916 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21917 to other box types.
21918 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21925 \begin_inset space ~
21933 \begin_layout Chapter
21934 Mathematical Formulas
21935 \begin_inset Index idx
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21945 \begin_inset Index idx
21948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21979 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21986 \begin_layout Standard
21987 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21992 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21995 \begin_layout Section
21997 \begin_inset Index idx
22000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 \begin_layout Standard
22010 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22017 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22019 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22020 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22021 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22029 \begin_layout Standard
22030 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22034 \begin_inset space ~
22039 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22043 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22044 line, like this one:
22047 \begin_layout Standard
22048 This is a line with an inline formula
22049 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22055 \begin_layout Standard
22056 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22058 \begin_inset Formula
22065 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22068 \begin_layout Standard
22069 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22075 \begin_inset space \space{}
22079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22092 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22093 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22097 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22100 \begin_inset space ~
22108 \begin_layout Subsection
22109 Navigating in Formulas
22110 \begin_inset Index idx
22113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22122 \begin_layout Standard
22123 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22124 achieved with the arrow keys.
22125 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22126 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22131 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22132 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22136 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22140 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22143 \end{array}\right]$
22151 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22156 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22157 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22160 \begin_layout Standard
22165 , printed in this document as
22166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22187 \begin_inset Note Note
22190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22191 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22192 space character (visible space).
22197 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22198 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22199 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22204 For example, if you want
22205 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 , since in the latter case only the
22262 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22267 will be under the square root sign:
22268 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22274 \begin_layout Standard
22275 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22277 \begin_inset Formula
22279 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22288 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22289 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22292 \begin_layout Subsection
22296 \begin_layout Standard
22297 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22298 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22302 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22303 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22304 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22305 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22306 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22309 \begin_layout Subsection
22310 Exponents and Subscripts
22311 \begin_inset Index idx
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22321 \begin_inset Index idx
22324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22333 \begin_layout Standard
22334 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22335 way is to use a command.
22337 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22340 , type in a formula
22346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22362 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22368 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22372 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22393 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22402 , you have to use an extra
22406 to separate the hat and the character.
22408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22412 \begin_inset space \space{}
22416 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22437 Subscripts are similar: To get
22438 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 \begin_layout Subsection
22463 \begin_inset Index idx
22466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22475 \begin_layout Standard
22476 Create a fraction with either the command
22483 \begin_inset Graphics
22484 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22492 \begin_inset space ~
22498 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22499 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22500 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22505 To move back up, press
22510 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22511 \begin_inset Formula
22513 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22516 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22524 \begin_layout Subsection
22526 \begin_inset Index idx
22529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22538 \begin_layout Standard
22539 Roots can be created using the
22542 \begin_inset space ~
22548 \begin_inset Graphics
22549 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22551 groupId toolbarbuttons
22574 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22580 produces always a square root.
22583 \begin_layout Subsection
22584 Operators with Limits
22585 \begin_inset Index idx
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22595 \begin_inset Index idx
22598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22607 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22616 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22620 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22623 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22624 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22625 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22626 The sum operator will automatically place its
22627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22634 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22637 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22641 \begin_inset Formula
22643 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22648 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22653 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22655 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22656 behind the operator and hitting
22664 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22665 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22667 \begin_inset space ~
22671 \begin_inset space ~
22679 \begin_layout Standard
22680 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22688 feature as addition, such as
22689 \begin_inset Index idx
22692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22699 \begin_inset Formula
22701 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22706 which will place the
22707 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22719 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22720 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22726 \begin_layout Standard
22727 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22734 Have a look at section
22735 \begin_inset space ~
22739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22741 reference "sub:Functions"
22745 for an explanation of function macros.
22748 \begin_layout Subsection
22750 \begin_inset Index idx
22753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22763 Most math symbols can be found in the
22766 \begin_inset space ~
22771 under one of several categories; including
22788 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22792 \begin_layout Standard
22793 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22794 you don't have to use the
22797 \begin_inset space ~
22802 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22803 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22806 \begin_layout Subsection
22808 \begin_inset Index idx
22811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22820 \begin_layout Standard
22821 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22826 arg "space-insert protected"
22832 \begin_inset space ~
22838 \begin_inset Graphics
22839 filename ../images/math/space.png
22841 groupId toolbarbuttons
22846 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22847 For example, the sequence
22852 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22856 \begin_inset Graphics
22857 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22862 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22863 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22864 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22865 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22867 Here are two examples:
22870 \begin_layout Standard
22880 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22886 \begin_layout Standard
22896 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22902 \begin_layout Subsection
22904 \begin_inset Index idx
22907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22916 name "sub:Functions"
22923 \begin_layout Standard
22927 \begin_inset space ~
22932 contains under the button
22933 \begin_inset Graphics
22934 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22936 groupId toolbarbuttons
22940 a number of function macros, such as
22941 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22945 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22953 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22960 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22961 avoid confusions, because
22962 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22966 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22973 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22975 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22979 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22985 \begin_layout Standard
22986 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22987 s are placed, as described in section
22988 \begin_inset space ~
22992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22994 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23001 \begin_layout Subsection
23003 \begin_inset Index idx
23006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23016 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23018 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23019 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23024 \begin_inset space \space{}
23028 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23031 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23032 Our example is entered by typing
23040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23053 \begin_inset space ~
23057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23059 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23063 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23066 \begin_layout Standard
23067 \begin_inset Float table
23072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23073 \begin_inset Caption
23075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23078 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23082 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23092 \begin_inset Tabular
23093 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23094 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23181 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23235 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23289 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23343 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23397 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23451 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23505 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23613 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23658 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23680 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23683 \begin_inset space ~
23689 \begin_inset Graphics
23690 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23692 groupId toolbarbuttons
23696 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23700 \begin_layout Section
23701 Brackets and Delimiters
23702 \begin_inset Index idx
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23712 \begin_inset Index idx
23715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23724 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23733 For most purposes, using just the keys
23738 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23739 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23740 toolbar delimiter icon
23743 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23747 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23749 \begin_inset Formula
23751 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23759 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23760 \begin_inset Formula
23762 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23770 \begin_layout Standard
23771 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23772 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23776 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23777 left side and right side.
23778 If you use the option
23781 \begin_inset space ~
23786 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23787 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23788 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23789 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23793 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23794 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23795 inside the brackets.
23796 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23801 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23804 \begin_layout Section
23805 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23806 \begin_inset Index idx
23809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 \begin_inset Index idx
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23826 \begin_inset Index idx
23829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23830 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23838 \begin_layout Standard
23839 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23842 \begin_inset space ~
23848 \begin_inset Graphics
23849 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23851 groupId toolbarbuttons
23856 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23857 Here is an example:
23858 \begin_inset Formula
23860 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23869 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23870 \begin_inset space ~
23874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23876 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23881 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23882 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23883 This alignment is set in the box
23888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23936 for every column as default.
23937 For example, the sequence
23938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23949 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23950 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23951 corresponds to the relevant column.
23952 The result will look like this:
23953 \begin_inset Formula
23956 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23957 column & has & has\, right\\
23958 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23967 \begin_layout Standard
23968 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23971 arg "newline-insert newline"
23974 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23975 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23977 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23980 or the math toolbar.
23983 \begin_layout Standard
23984 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23985 It can be created with the menu
23987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23988 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23990 \begin_inset space ~
24002 Here is an example:
24003 \begin_inset Formula
24017 \begin_layout Standard
24018 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24021 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24024 arg "newline-insert newline"
24028 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24033 arg "newline-insert newline"
24036 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24044 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24045 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24046 A new row is created by every further hit of
24049 arg "newline-insert newline"
24053 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24054 Here is an example:
24055 \begin_inset Formula
24057 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24058 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24063 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24064 where you want to start the shift and hit
24069 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24070 position to the next column.
24071 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24072 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24073 \begin_inset Formula
24075 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24083 \begin_layout Standard
24084 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24091 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24092 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24095 reference "eq:asquared"
24100 The other types are described in section
24101 \begin_inset space ~
24105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24107 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24114 \begin_layout Section
24115 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24116 \begin_inset Index idx
24119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24120 Math ! Formula numbering
24126 \begin_inset Index idx
24129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24130 Math ! Referencing formulas
24136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24138 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24145 \begin_layout Standard
24146 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24148 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24149 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24151 \begin_inset space ~
24159 arg "math-number-toggle"
24163 The formula number appears in LyX as
24164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24171 within parentheses.
24173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24180 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24182 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24183 the document class.
24184 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24185 separated by a dot:
24186 \begin_inset Formula
24196 arg "math-number-toggle"
24199 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24200 You can only number displayed formulas.
24203 \begin_layout Standard
24204 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24207 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24209 \begin_inset space ~
24213 \begin_inset space ~
24217 \begin_inset space ~
24225 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24228 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24229 \begin_inset Formula
24232 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24238 To number all lines use the shortcut
24241 arg "math-number-toggle"
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24248 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24251 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24252 A label is inserted with the menu
24254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24257 when the cursor is in the formula.
24258 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24259 It is recommended to use the proposed
24260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24271 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24272 type when you have many labels in your document.
24273 We inserted in the following example the label
24274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24281 in the second line:
24282 \begin_inset Formula
24284 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24285 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24290 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24291 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24301 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24305 \begin_inset space ~
24311 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24312 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24313 as the formula number:
24316 \begin_layout Standard
24317 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24320 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24327 \begin_layout Standard
24328 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24329 \begin_inset space ~
24333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24335 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24340 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24346 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24351 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24359 \begin_layout Section
24360 User defined math macros
24361 \begin_inset Index idx
24364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24373 \begin_layout Standard
24374 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24375 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24376 Math macros are explained in section
24379 \begin_inset space ~
24391 \begin_layout Section
24395 \begin_layout Subsection
24397 \begin_inset Index idx
24400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24410 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24411 To set a font in a formula, use the
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24420 \begin_inset Graphics
24421 filename ../images/math/font.png
24423 groupId toolbarbuttons
24427 , or enter its command, listed in table
24428 \begin_inset space ~
24432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24434 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24442 \begin_inset Float table
24447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24448 \begin_inset Caption
24450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24453 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24457 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24467 \begin_inset Tabular
24468 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24469 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24503 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24530 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24557 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24590 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24617 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24644 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24678 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24705 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24748 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24764 \begin_layout Standard
24765 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24766 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24771 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24772 space when you need a space in the box.
24773 Here an example where
24774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24785 denotes the set of numbers:
24786 \begin_inset Formula
24788 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24803 \begin_inset space \space{}
24815 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24819 \begin_inset Newline newline
24822 So it is better not to use this feature.
24825 \begin_layout Standard
24826 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24827 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24831 \begin_inset Newline newline
24834 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24840 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24841 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24854 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24857 \begin_layout Standard
24858 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24860 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24861 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24863 \begin_inset space ~
24871 \begin_layout Subsection
24873 \begin_inset Index idx
24876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24888 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24892 \begin_inset space ~
24896 \begin_inset space ~
24904 \begin_inset space ~
24910 \begin_inset Graphics
24911 filename ../images/math/font.png
24913 groupId toolbarbuttons
24924 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24925 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24926 Here is an example:
24927 \begin_inset Formula
24930 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24931 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24940 \begin_layout Subsection
24942 \begin_inset Index idx
24945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24954 \begin_layout Standard
24955 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24956 automatically chosen in most situations.
24974 For most characters,
24982 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24983 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24988 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24989 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24991 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24992 \begin_inset Graphics
24993 filename ../images/math/style.png
24995 groupId toolbarbuttons
25000 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25001 For example, you can set
25002 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25005 , which is normally in
25014 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25018 The four styles are used in the following example:
25021 \begin_layout Standard
25022 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25026 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25030 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25034 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25040 \begin_layout Standard
25041 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25042 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25044 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25046 \begin_inset space ~
25051 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25052 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25053 will be adjusted to correspond.
25054 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25069 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25075 \begin_layout Section
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25080 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25081 the document classes and into layout modules.
25082 \begin_inset Index idx
25085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25091 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25092 other than the AMS classes.
25094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25096 reference "sub:Modules"
25100 for more on layout modules.
25103 \begin_layout Section
25105 \begin_inset Index idx
25108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25115 \begin_inset Index idx
25118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25127 \begin_layout Standard
25128 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25129 (AMS) that are in common use.
25132 \begin_layout Subsection
25133 Enabling AMS-Support
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 Selecting the checkbox
25140 \begin_inset space ~
25144 \begin_inset space ~
25148 \begin_inset space ~
25155 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25159 \begin_inset Index idx
25162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25163 Document ! Settings
25171 \begin_inset space ~
25176 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25178 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25179 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25182 \begin_layout Subsection
25184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25186 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25191 \begin_inset Index idx
25194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25195 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25203 \begin_layout Standard
25204 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25205 LyX allows you to choose between
25226 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25229 \begin_layout Chapter
25233 \begin_layout Section
25235 \begin_inset Index idx
25238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25247 name "sec:Cross-References"
25254 \begin_layout Standard
25255 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25256 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25258 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25259 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25260 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25263 \begin_layout Enumerate
25267 \begin_layout Enumerate
25268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25270 name "enu:Second-item"
25277 \begin_layout Enumerate
25281 \begin_layout Standard
25282 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25287 or by pressing the toolbar button
25294 A grey label box like this:
25295 \begin_inset Graphics
25296 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25301 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25302 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25337 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25342 \begin_inset space \space{}
25345 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25361 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25366 or the toolbar button
25369 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25373 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25374 \begin_inset Graphics
25375 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25380 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25382 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25395 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25405 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25410 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25411 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25413 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25421 \begin_inset space ~
25425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25427 reference "enu:Second-item"
25434 \begin_layout Standard
25435 It is recommended to use a protected space
25439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25440 described in section
25441 \begin_inset space ~
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25447 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25456 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25464 \begin_layout Description
25465 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25468 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25475 \begin_layout Description
25476 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25477 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25489 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25496 \begin_layout Description
25497 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25498 \begin_inset space ~
25502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25503 LatexCommand pageref
25504 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25511 \begin_layout Description
25513 \begin_inset space ~
25517 \begin_inset space ~
25520 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25522 LatexCommand vpageref
25523 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25530 \begin_layout Description
25532 \begin_inset space ~
25536 \begin_inset space ~
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25543 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25546 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25553 \begin_layout Description
25555 \begin_inset space ~
25558 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25559 \begin_inset Newline newline
25563 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25571 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25580 \begin_inset Index idx
25583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25584 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25590 \begin_inset Index idx
25593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25594 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25605 \begin_inset Newline newline
25608 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25611 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25616 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25620 The format is specified by adding the command
25632 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25633 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25646 ) can be done with this command
25647 \begin_inset Newline newline
25654 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25659 \begin_inset Newline newline
25662 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25664 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25666 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25673 \begin_layout Description
25675 \begin_inset space ~
25678 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25680 LatexCommand nameref
25681 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25688 \begin_layout Standard
25693 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25700 \begin_inset space \space{}
25704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25718 <reference> on page <page>
25720 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25725 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25726 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25730 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25735 You can only use the style
25739 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25743 is always possible.
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25747 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25748 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25750 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25751 \begin_inset space ~
25755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25757 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25765 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25769 \begin_inset space ~
25773 \begin_inset space ~
25778 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25779 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25782 \begin_inset space ~
25787 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25788 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25791 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25798 You can change labels at any time.
25799 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25800 do not need to take care about this.
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25804 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25805 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25809 References are described in detail in sec.
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25824 \begin_inset space ~
25832 \begin_layout Section
25833 Table of Contents and other Listings
25834 \begin_inset Index idx
25837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25844 \begin_inset Index idx
25847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25863 \begin_layout Subsection
25865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25867 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25875 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25878 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25880 \begin_inset space ~
25884 \begin_inset space ~
25890 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25891 If you click on it, the
25895 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25896 sections in your documents.
25897 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25902 that is described in sec.
25903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25909 reference "sec:Navigating"
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25918 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25920 \begin_inset space ~
25924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25926 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25930 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25932 \begin_inset space ~
25936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25938 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25942 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25944 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25947 \begin_layout Subsection
25948 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25951 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25959 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25960 You can insert them via the
25962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25964 \begin_inset space ~
25968 \begin_inset space ~
25974 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25977 \begin_layout Section
25978 URLs and Hyperlinks
25979 \begin_inset Index idx
25982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25989 \begin_inset Index idx
25992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26001 \begin_layout Subsection
26003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26023 \begin_inset Flex URL
26026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26037 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26043 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26056 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26064 \begin_layout Subsection
26066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26068 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26076 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26081 or with the toolbar button
26088 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26097 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26098 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26099 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26101 name "LyX's homepage"
26102 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26106 , an Email address like this:
26107 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26109 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26110 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26115 , or a link to a file.
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26119 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26132 to the link target.
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26136 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26137 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26138 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26139 the text style dialog.
26140 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26144 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26146 name "LyX's homepage"
26147 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26155 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26159 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26161 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26162 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26166 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26168 \begin_inset Newline newline
26176 \begin_inset Newline newline
26183 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26186 \begin_layout Section
26188 \begin_inset Index idx
26191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26200 name "sec:Appendices"
26207 \begin_layout Standard
26208 Appendices are created with the menu
26210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26212 \begin_inset space ~
26216 \begin_inset space ~
26222 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26223 as the appendix region.
26224 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26227 \begin_layout Standard
26228 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26229 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26230 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26231 and the subsection number.
26232 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26238 \begin_inset space ~
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26244 reference "cha:Credits"
26249 \begin_inset space ~
26253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26255 reference "sub:Export"
26262 \begin_layout Section
26264 \begin_inset Index idx
26267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26276 name "sec:Bibliography"
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26284 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26285 You can include a bibliography database,
26289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26290 Known under the name
26291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26303 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26304 manually, using the paragraph environment
26308 , which was described in section
26309 \begin_inset space ~
26313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26315 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26320 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26321 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26325 use a bibliography database.
26328 \begin_layout Subsection
26329 The Bibliography Environment
26332 \begin_layout Standard
26337 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26339 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26348 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26350 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26359 , a short form of its title, as key.
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26363 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26368 or the toolbar button
26371 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26375 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26376 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26377 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26378 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26383 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26384 entry with surrounding brackets.
26389 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26390 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26402 \begin_layout Standard
26405 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26408 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26410 key "latexcompanion"
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26418 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26419 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26428 \begin_layout Subsection
26429 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26430 \begin_inset Index idx
26433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26434 Bibliography ! Databases
26440 \begin_inset Index idx
26443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26444 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26452 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26459 \begin_layout Standard
26460 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26466 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26468 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26469 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26474 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26476 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26477 your working field in a database.
26478 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26479 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26481 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26486 The database is a text file with the file extension
26487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26498 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26499 The format is explained in
26500 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26506 and in LaTeX books (
26507 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26509 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26514 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26515 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26516 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26517 \begin_inset Flex URL
26520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26522 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26531 To use a database, use the menu
26533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26538 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26551 \begin_inset space ~
26557 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26558 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26561 Add bibliography to TOC
26563 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26568 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26569 in the document or just the cited references.
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26573 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26585 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26586 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26587 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26589 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26595 For information how this is done, have a look at
26596 \begin_inset Newline newline
26600 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26602 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26615 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26619 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26620 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26623 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26651 \begin_inset space ~
26657 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26673 When you select the option
26675 Sectioned bibliography
26679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26682 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26683 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26685 Customizing Bibliographies
26693 Additional Features
26698 \begin_layout Standard
26699 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26700 the two methods of creating them.
26701 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26702 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26703 We used the style file
26707 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26710 \begin_layout Subsection
26711 Bibliography layout
26712 \begin_inset Index idx
26715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26716 Bibliography ! Layout
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26725 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26726 For this feature you need to enable the option
26732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26736 \begin_inset Index idx
26739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26740 Document ! Settings
26750 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26751 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26752 in the previous section.
26755 \begin_layout Standard
26756 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26757 in the citation reference window.
26758 Here an example where we set the text
26759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26763 \begin_inset space ~
26767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26770 to appear after the reference:
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26775 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26778 key "latexcompanion"
26785 \begin_layout Section
26787 \begin_inset Index idx
26790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26806 \begin_layout Standard
26807 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26811 \begin_inset space ~
26816 or the toolbar button
26824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26835 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26836 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26837 by LyX as the index entry.
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26841 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26842 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26846 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26853 \begin_layout Standard
26854 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26858 \begin_inset space ~
26862 \begin_inset space ~
26865 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26867 \begin_inset space ~
26873 A light blue box labeled
26874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26885 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26886 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26889 \begin_layout Subsection
26890 Grouping Index Entries
26891 \begin_inset Index idx
26894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26904 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26906 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26907 lists under the entry
26908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26916 First we create the entry
26917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26925 \begin_inset space ~
26929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26931 reference "sub:Lists"
26936 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26937 \begin_inset space ~
26941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26943 reference "sec:Itemize"
26947 , we insert the command
26950 \begin_layout Standard
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26960 \begin_layout Standard
26966 \begin_layout Standard
26967 for the enumerated list in section
26968 \begin_inset space ~
26972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26974 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26982 The exclamation mark
26983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26990 marks the grouping levels.
26991 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26992 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26993 If we don't have an index entry for
26994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27001 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27004 \begin_layout Subsection
27006 \begin_inset Index idx
27009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27010 Index ! Page ranges
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27019 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27021 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27027 \begin_inset space \space{}
27030 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27032 \begin_inset space ~
27036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27038 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27048 Paragraph environments|(
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27052 and another entry at the end of section
27053 \begin_inset space ~
27057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27059 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27069 Paragraph environments|)
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27097 respectively start and end the index range.
27098 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27099 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27100 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27101 An example is the index entry
27102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27105 Document ! Settings
27106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27112 \begin_layout Subsection
27114 \begin_inset Index idx
27117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27118 Index ! Cross referencing
27126 \begin_layout Standard
27127 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27128 We referred for example in the index entry
27129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27137 \begin_inset space ~
27141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27143 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27147 ) to the index entry
27148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27155 in the same section using the entry
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27161 GIF|see{Image formats}
27164 \begin_layout Standard
27165 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27166 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27167 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27170 \begin_layout Subsection
27172 \begin_inset Index idx
27175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27176 Index ! Entry order
27184 \begin_layout Standard
27185 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27186 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27187 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27192 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27194 \begin_inset space ~
27198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27200 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27209 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27210 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27235 \begin_inset Index idx
27238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27239 Dummy entries ! maïs
27245 \begin_inset Index idx
27248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27249 Dummy entries ! maître
27255 \begin_inset Index idx
27258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27259 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27264 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27265 order maïs, maison, maître.
27266 To achieve this, we use the command
27269 \begin_layout Standard
27272 previous entry@current entry
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27276 In our case we want to have
27277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27292 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27302 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27303 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27308 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27315 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27320 to generate the index (see sec.
27321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27327 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27336 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27344 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27348 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27349 index commands start with
27350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27362 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27367 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27394 \begin_layout Subsection
27396 \begin_inset Index idx
27399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 Index ! Entry layout
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27409 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27410 \begin_inset Index idx
27413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27416 This is an italic dummy entry
27421 You can also format the page number using the character
27422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27429 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27430 We can write for example
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27436 italic page number:|textit
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 to get the page number in italic.
27441 \begin_inset Index idx
27444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27445 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27450 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27468 \begin_inset space ~
27474 Have a look at section
27475 \begin_inset space ~
27479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27481 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27485 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27488 \begin_layout Standard
27489 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27497 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27501 to generate the index, see sec.
27502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27508 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27517 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27518 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27523 key "latexcompanion"
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27536 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27538 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27539 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27540 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27541 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27542 If so, put the following in the preamble
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27557 \begin_layout Standard
27561 \begin_layout Standard
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27568 in the index entry.
27569 \begin_inset Index idx
27572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27573 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27578 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27579 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27580 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27583 \begin_layout Standard
27584 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27590 \begin_inset space \space{}
27593 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27594 for all index entries.
27595 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27607 documentation for details,
27608 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27610 key "makeindex,xindy"
27617 \begin_layout Subsection
27619 \begin_inset Index idx
27622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27631 name "sub:Index-Program"
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27639 If the index entry program
27643 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27647 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27656 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27657 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27658 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27659 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27660 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27670 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27671 dialog, see section
27672 \begin_inset space ~
27676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27678 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27683 The available options are listed and explained in
27684 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27686 key "makeindex,xindy"
27691 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27697 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27700 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27701 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27705 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27706 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27709 \begin_layout Subsection
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27714 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27715 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27723 next to the standard index.
27724 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27725 packages that add this feature.
27731 \begin_inset Index idx
27734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27735 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27740 package to generate multiple indexes.
27741 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27742 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27743 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27750 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27751 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27752 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27755 \begin_layout Standard
27756 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27759 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27766 Use multiple Indexes
27767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27771 Note that the list of
27772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27779 below already contains the standard index.
27780 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27781 also appear as a heading) to the
27782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27789 input field and press the
27790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27798 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27799 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27800 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27804 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27810 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27811 indexes in the LyX work area.
27814 \begin_layout Standard
27815 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27820 \begin_inset space ~
27824 \begin_inset space ~
27833 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27834 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27835 are some additional features:
27838 \begin_layout Itemize
27839 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27840 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27843 \begin_layout Itemize
27844 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27845 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27854 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27859 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27860 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27861 to the non-subindexes.
27864 \begin_layout Section
27865 Nomenclature / Glossary
27866 \begin_inset Index idx
27869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27876 \begin_inset Index idx
27879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27910 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27918 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27919 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27924 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27929 \begin_inset Index idx
27932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27933 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27939 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27940 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27946 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27951 and then use the menu
27953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27959 \begin_inset space ~
27964 or the toolbar button
27967 arg "nomencl-insert"
27972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27983 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27987 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27988 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27989 The second is the description of the symbol.
27992 \begin_layout Standard
27993 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28001 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28009 \begin_layout Subsection
28010 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28011 \begin_inset Index idx
28014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28015 Nomenclature ! Layout
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28024 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28028 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28034 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28042 \begin_inset Newline newline
28050 \begin_inset Newline newline
28056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28063 character starts/ends the formula.
28064 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28076 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28087 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28088 \begin_inset space ~
28092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28094 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28105 \begin_inset space ~
28110 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28111 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28116 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28123 in this document is:
28124 \begin_inset Newline newline
28129 dummy entry for the character
28134 \begin_inset Newline newline
28146 \begin_inset space ~
28156 font use the command
28185 \begin_layout Subsection
28186 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28187 \begin_inset Index idx
28190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28191 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28199 \begin_layout Standard
28200 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28201 the symbol definition.
28202 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28203 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28206 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28207 LatexCommand nomenclature
28209 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28216 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28220 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28221 LatexCommand nomenclature
28224 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28229 They will be sorted by
28230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28256 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28259 will be sorted before the
28263 since the character
28264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28271 is considered in sorting.
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28278 \begin_inset space ~
28283 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28284 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28286 For the example given, you can insert
28290 in this field for the
28291 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28298 will be located before
28299 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28311 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28320 \begin_layout Subsection
28321 Nomenclature Options
28322 \begin_inset Index idx
28325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28326 Nomenclature ! Options
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28339 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28340 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28343 \begin_layout Description
28344 refeq Appends the phrase
28345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28360 to every nomenclature entry, where
28366 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28369 \begin_layout Description
28370 refpage Appends the phrase
28371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28386 to every nomenclature entry, where
28392 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28395 \begin_layout Description
28396 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28400 There are furthermore the options
28444 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28449 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28450 class options list in the
28452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28456 In this document the option
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28464 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28470 \begin_layout Standard
28471 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28472 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28477 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28480 \begin_layout Description
28490 \begin_layout Description
28493 nomrefpage Like the
28500 \begin_layout Description
28503 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28512 \begin_layout Description
28516 \begin_inset space ~
28522 \begin_inset space ~
28527 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28530 \begin_layout Subsection
28531 Printing the Nomenclature
28532 \begin_inset Index idx
28535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28536 Nomenclature ! Printing
28544 \begin_layout Standard
28545 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28549 \begin_inset space ~
28553 \begin_inset space ~
28556 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28560 A light blue box labeled
28561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28572 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28573 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28577 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28586 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28594 For example, in order to change the name to
28598 , add the following line to the preamble:
28601 \begin_layout Standard
28609 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28613 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28620 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28621 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28624 \begin_layout Standard
28632 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28638 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28639 \begin_inset space ~
28643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28645 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28650 The default value is 1
28651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28657 \begin_layout Subsection
28658 Nomenclature Program
28659 \begin_inset Index idx
28662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28663 Nomenclature ! Program
28669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28671 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28678 \begin_layout Standard
28679 LyX uses the program
28683 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28684 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28689 by adding options, see section
28690 \begin_inset space ~
28694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28696 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28701 The available options are listed and explained in
28702 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28704 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28711 \begin_layout Section
28713 \begin_inset Index idx
28716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28723 \begin_inset Index idx
28726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28727 Document ! Branches
28733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28735 name "sec:Branches"
28742 \begin_layout Standard
28743 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28744 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28745 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28746 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28749 \begin_layout Standard
28750 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28751 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28752 To create a branch, either select the menu
28754 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28755 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28758 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28760 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28767 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28768 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28769 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28770 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28771 (see below for an example).
28772 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28773 to the name of the other) and to add
28774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28786 \begin_inset space ~
28789 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28790 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28793 \begin_layout Standard
28794 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28795 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28800 where you can choose a branch.
28801 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28805 \begin_layout Standard
28806 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28807 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28810 \begin_layout Standard
28811 \begin_inset Branch Question
28814 \begin_layout Standard
28815 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28823 \begin_layout Standard
28824 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28828 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28844 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28847 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28848 Consider for example a file
28849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28856 which has the above branches.
28858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28865 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28889 branch were inactive,
28890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28905 branch was active, likewise
28906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28921 branch was active, and
28922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28925 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28929 if both branches were active.
28930 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28935 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28941 \begin_layout Standard
28942 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28943 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28945 For example you can define for the question branch
28949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28950 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28951 \begin_inset space ~
28955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28957 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28969 \begin_layout Standard
28979 \begin_layout Standard
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28990 and for the answer branch
28993 \begin_layout Standard
29003 \begin_layout Standard
29013 \begin_layout Standard
29014 \begin_inset Branch Question
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29049 \begin_layout Standard
29050 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29053 \begin_layout Standard
29057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29085 \begin_layout Standard
29086 Now it is possible to use the commands
29090 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29097 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29100 to obtain conditional output.
29101 Here is an example formula where only the
29108 \begin_inset Formula
29110 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29118 \begin_layout Standard
29119 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29127 \begin_layout Section
29129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29131 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29136 \begin_inset Index idx
29139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29148 \begin_layout Standard
29153 dialog allows you in the
29157 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29158 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29163 \begin_inset Index idx
29166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29167 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29180 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29181 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29182 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29184 You can specify in the dialog tab
29188 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29190 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29191 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29195 \begin_layout Standard
29200 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29201 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29202 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29204 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29205 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29210 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29211 \begin_inset space ~
29214 1 will only display the sections.
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29218 The header information in the dialog tab
29222 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29223 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29228 \begin_inset space \space{}
29231 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29232 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29235 Automatic fill header
29237 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29238 title and author settings.
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29244 Load in fullscreen mode
29246 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29249 \begin_layout Standard
29250 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29251 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29257 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29258 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29267 \begin_layout Section
29268 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29271 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29278 \begin_layout Subsection
29280 \begin_inset Index idx
29283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29292 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29299 \begin_layout Standard
29300 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29301 constructs, but not all.
29302 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29303 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29304 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29305 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29306 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29311 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29313 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29317 \begin_inset space ~
29322 or by the toolbar button
29329 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29333 \begin_layout Standard
29334 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29335 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29336 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29337 using the LaTeX-command
29343 , you can write the command part
29349 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29353 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29354 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29355 the following example:
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29359 \begin_inset Graphics
29360 filename clipart/ERT.png
29368 \begin_layout Standard
29372 \begin_layout Standard
29373 This is a line with a
29377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29400 \begin_layout Standard
29401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29409 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29410 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29418 \begin_layout Subsection
29419 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29420 \begin_inset Argument
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29430 \begin_inset Index idx
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29442 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29449 \begin_layout Standard
29450 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29451 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29452 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29461 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29462 any time if you know the right commands.
29464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29468 \begin_inset space \space{}
29471 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29473 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29474 all caption labels bold.
29475 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29477 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29482 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29483 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29484 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29486 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29495 \begin_layout Standard
29496 As result you know that the package
29501 \begin_inset Index idx
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29511 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29524 usepackage[options]{package name}
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29528 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29529 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29530 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29533 \begin_layout Standard
29534 In your case the package name is
29539 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29544 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29545 So you add the command
29548 \begin_layout Standard
29553 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29557 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 For more commands provided by the
29566 package, have a look at its documentation,
29567 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29581 \begin_layout Standard
29582 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29584 For example if you use a
29588 class, you don't need the package
29592 , you can instead write
29595 \begin_layout Standard
29600 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29605 \begin_layout Standard
29606 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29607 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29608 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29615 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29620 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29622 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29623 the previous section.
29626 \begin_layout Standard
29627 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29629 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29631 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29639 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29659 \begin_inset Note Note
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29663 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29671 \begin_layout Left Header
29672 \begin_inset Argument
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29695 \begin_inset Note Note
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 defines the header line as described below
29707 \begin_layout Center Header
29708 \begin_inset Argument
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29720 \begin_layout Right Header
29721 \begin_inset Argument
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29745 \begin_layout Left Footer
29746 \begin_inset Argument
29749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29770 \begin_layout Center Footer
29771 \begin_inset Argument
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 \begin_inset Newline newline
29789 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29795 \begin_layout Right Footer
29796 \begin_inset Argument
29799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 \begin_layout Section
29822 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29825 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29830 \begin_inset Index idx
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 Document ! Header/Footer line
29840 \begin_inset Index idx
29843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 \begin_layout Standard
29853 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29854 to set the headings style to
29860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29866 \begin_inset space ~
29872 As second step add in the menu
29874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29875 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29882 Custom Header/Footerlines
29883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29887 This module offers the 6
29888 \begin_inset space ~
29894 \begin_layout Description
29896 \begin_inset space ~
29900 \begin_inset space ~
29904 \begin_inset space ~
29908 \begin_inset space ~
29912 \begin_inset space ~
29918 \begin_layout Description
29920 \begin_inset space ~
29924 \begin_inset space ~
29928 \begin_inset space ~
29932 \begin_inset space ~
29936 \begin_inset space ~
29942 \begin_layout Standard
29943 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29946 \begin_layout Standard
29947 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29948 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29950 \begin_inset space ~
29954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29956 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29960 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29963 \begin_layout Standard
29964 \begin_inset Float figure
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29973 \begin_inset Tabular
29974 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29975 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29976 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29977 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29978 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29980 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30009 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30027 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30038 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 The normal text on the page goes here.
30043 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30045 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30046 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30051 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30060 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30071 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 \begin_inset Caption
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30141 name "fig:Page-layout"
30145 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30158 \begin_layout Subsection
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30163 To define your header line, add all 3
30164 \begin_inset space ~
30168 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30169 the optional arguments on even pages.
30170 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30172 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30173 Defining the footer line works similar.
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30177 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 \begin_inset space ~
30201 \begin_layout Description
30204 thepage prints the current page number
30207 \begin_layout Description
30210 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30213 \begin_layout Description
30216 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30219 \begin_layout Description
30222 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30223 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30230 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30233 because it usually goes in a left header.
30236 \begin_layout Description
30239 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30240 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30242 It is normally used in the right header.
30245 \begin_layout Subsection
30246 Default header/footer
30249 \begin_layout Standard
30250 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30251 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30252 footer has the page number.
30253 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30254 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30255 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30258 \begin_inset space ~
30266 \begin_layout Subsection
30270 \begin_layout Standard
30271 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30272 Some pages are different.
30273 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30274 a new part or chapter in your book.
30275 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30276 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30277 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30281 Header and footer decoration line
30284 \begin_layout Standard
30285 By default, you get a 0.4
30286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30289 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30290 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30302 in the following scheme:
30305 \begin_layout Standard
30312 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30315 \begin_layout Standard
30316 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30325 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30332 \begin_layout Standard
30333 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30334 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30335 \begin_inset space ~
30339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30349 Several header/footer lines
30352 \begin_layout Standard
30353 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30354 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30355 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30357 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30369 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30372 \begin_layout Standard
30379 headheight}{height}
30382 \begin_layout Standard
30383 Where height is a size in standard units.
30384 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30385 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30386 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30388 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 and look via the button
30405 \begin_inset space ~
30410 if you find a warning of the package
30415 \begin_inset Index idx
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30425 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30426 for your header/footer.
30429 \begin_layout Subsection
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30434 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30435 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30436 This example consists of the following definition:
30439 \begin_layout Description
30441 \begin_inset space ~
30450 , empty optional argument
30453 \begin_layout Description
30455 \begin_inset space ~
30458 Header empty, empty optional argument
30461 \begin_layout Description
30463 \begin_inset space ~
30472 in the optional argument
30475 \begin_layout Description
30477 \begin_inset space ~
30486 in the optional argument
30489 \begin_layout Description
30491 \begin_inset space ~
30503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30507 \begin_inset Newline newline
30511 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30518 in the optional argument
30521 \begin_layout Description
30523 \begin_inset space ~
30532 , empty optional argument
30535 \begin_layout Description
30538 headrulewidth set to 2
30539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30545 \begin_layout Standard
30546 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30548 For more special things like e.
30549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30553 \begin_inset space ~
30556 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30561 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30570 \begin_layout Standard
30571 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30577 \begin_layout Standard
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30585 pagestyle{headings}
30591 \begin_inset Note Note
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30595 switches back to page style with the default headings
30603 \begin_layout Section
30604 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30607 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30612 \begin_inset Index idx
30615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 \begin_inset Index idx
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 \begin_layout Standard
30635 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30636 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30637 to break your train of thought with
30639 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30645 \begin_layout Standard
30646 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30647 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30652 \begin_inset Index idx
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30656 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30661 as explained below, and turn on
30664 \begin_inset space ~
30671 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30675 \begin_inset space ~
30679 \begin_inset space ~
30682 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30687 \begin_inset space ~
30692 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30695 \begin_layout Standard
30696 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30698 Previews of an already loaded document are
30702 generated just by selecting the
30705 \begin_inset space ~
30710 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30713 \begin_layout Standard
30714 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30715 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30718 \begin_inset space ~
30723 check box in the insert dialog.
30724 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30728 \begin_layout Standard
30729 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30733 (on some systems named simply
30738 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30740 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30746 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30747 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30755 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30759 \begin_layout Standard
30760 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30766 \begin_layout Standard
30767 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30771 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30773 \begin_inset space ~
30778 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30779 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30781 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30782 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30783 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30784 the source view window.
30787 \begin_layout Section
30788 Advanced Find and Replace
30789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30791 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30796 \begin_inset Index idx
30799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30806 \begin_inset Index idx
30809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30818 \begin_layout Subsection
30822 \begin_layout Standard
30823 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30824 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30825 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30826 The key-features are:
30829 \begin_layout Itemize
30830 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30831 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30832 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30836 \begin_layout Itemize
30837 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30838 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30839 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30840 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30843 \begin_layout Itemize
30844 Search may be widened to a specific
30849 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30853 \begin_inset space ~
30856 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30857 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30864 \begin_layout Itemize
30865 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30866 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30871 \begin_inset space ~
30874 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30877 \begin_layout Subsection
30881 \begin_layout Standard
30882 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30898 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30901 ) or the toolbar button
30904 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30910 Advanced Find and Replace
30915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30919 \begin_layout Standard
30924 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30929 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30934 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30935 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30936 Pressing repeatedly
30940 keeps searching forward.
30941 Similarly, pressing
30945 searches for the entered text backwards.
30948 \begin_layout Standard
30949 While searching, the
30953 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30963 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30967 Searching for mathematics
30970 \begin_layout Standard
30971 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30975 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30976 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30979 or also something more complex like
30980 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30984 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30985 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30986 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30987 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30997 \begin_layout Standard
30998 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30999 This is done by switching to the
31003 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31008 This way, entering in the
31015 \begin_layout Itemize
31016 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31017 in emphasized or boldface.
31020 \begin_layout Itemize
31021 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31022 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31023 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31024 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31027 \begin_layout Itemize
31028 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31029 of if only within section headings.
31030 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31031 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31035 \begin_layout Itemize
31036 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31037 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31044 \begin_layout Standard
31045 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31049 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31057 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31061 button or alternatively
31083 \begin_layout Standard
31084 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31085 text segments in your document.
31086 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31090 \begin_layout Itemize
31091 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31092 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31100 with its typewriter version
31103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31113 \begin_layout Itemize
31114 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31120 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31132 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31139 (you may want to enable the
31147 options and disable the
31155 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31163 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31164 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31168 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31171 , or occurrences of
31172 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31176 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31182 \begin_layout Subsection
31186 \begin_layout Standard
31187 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31194 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31196 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31205 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31211 This is done via the menu
31213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31214 Insert Regular Expression
31216 while the cursor is in the
31221 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31222 expression matching rules
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31227 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31233 \begin_inset space ~
31236 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31237 to match expressions.
31242 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31243 same text in the document.
31244 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31245 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31248 \begin_layout Enumerate
31249 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31254 editor the fraction
31255 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31259 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31262 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31263 fractions with the given denominator.
31266 \begin_layout Enumerate
31267 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31279 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31284 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31285 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31287 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31290 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31291 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31294 \begin_layout Standard
31295 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31296 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31297 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31300 , and referring back to them through
31301 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31305 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31309 For example, try searching for the regexp
31310 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31313 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31316 \begin_layout Standard
31317 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31318 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31319 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31324 \begin_inset space ~
31328 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31331 always refers to the first occurrence of
31332 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31335 in all entered regexps.
31338 \begin_layout Standard
31339 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31343 \begin_layout Section
31345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31347 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31352 \begin_inset Index idx
31355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31364 \begin_layout Standard
31365 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31368 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31375 or the toolbar button
31378 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31381 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31382 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31383 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31384 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31385 scrolled so that it is visible.
31386 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31387 n, if any could be found.
31388 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31392 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31393 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31396 \begin_layout Standard
31397 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31404 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31405 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31406 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31407 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31408 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31409 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31412 \begin_layout Subsection
31416 \begin_layout Standard
31417 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31420 \begin_inset space ~
31423 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31426 you can set the following things:
31429 \begin_layout Description
31431 \begin_inset space ~
31434 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31435 Depending on your platform,
31449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31450 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31451 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31466 \begin_layout Description
31468 \begin_inset space ~
31471 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31472 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31475 \begin_layout Description
31477 \begin_inset space ~
31480 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31486 \begin_inset space \space{}
31490 This should normally not be needed.
31493 \begin_layout Description
31495 \begin_inset space ~
31499 \begin_inset space ~
31502 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31514 \begin_layout Description
31516 \begin_inset space ~
31519 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31520 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31521 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31522 in the context menu.
31523 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31527 \begin_layout Description
31529 \begin_inset space ~
31533 \begin_inset space ~
31537 \begin_inset space ~
31540 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31544 \begin_layout Section
31546 \begin_inset Index idx
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31558 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31565 \begin_layout Standard
31566 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31567 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31579 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31588 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31589 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31590 are available for many languages.
31593 \begin_layout Standard
31594 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31598 \begin_layout Subsection
31599 Setting up the thesaurus
31602 \begin_layout Standard
31607 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31612 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31617 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31623 en_EN for English).
31624 For instance, the English files are named:
31627 \begin_layout Itemize
31631 \begin_layout Itemize
31635 \begin_layout Standard
31636 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31637 already on your system.
31638 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31639 \begin_inset Flex URL
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31650 \begin_inset Flex URL
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31666 \begin_inset Flex URL
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31671 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31676 are usually packed in extension archives (
31680 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31682 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31683 unpack a zip archive.
31696 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31697 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31699 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31700 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31704 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31707 \begin_layout Subsection
31708 Using the thesaurus
31711 \begin_layout Standard
31712 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31714 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31717 or the toolbar button
31720 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31723 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31725 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31727 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31728 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31729 and hyponyms (such as
31737 ), compounds (such as
31741 ) and antonyms (such as
31749 ), which are marked as such.
31752 \begin_layout Standard
31753 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31754 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31758 \begin_layout Standard
31759 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31760 the dictionary, such as the above
31764 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31769 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31770 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31771 For example looking up the word forms
31779 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31784 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31797 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31798 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31799 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31802 \begin_layout Section
31804 \begin_inset Index idx
31807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 \begin_inset Index idx
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 Document ! Change Tracking
31824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31826 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31833 \begin_layout Standard
31834 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31835 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31836 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31837 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31841 \begin_inset space ~
31844 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31846 \begin_inset space ~
31854 \begin_layout Standard
31855 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31869 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31870 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31873 \begin_inset space ~
31877 \begin_inset space ~
31887 \begin_inset Index idx
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 Color ! Change tracking
31896 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31897 the cursor is in changed text.
31898 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31901 arg "changes-merge"
31907 \begin_layout Standard
31908 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31909 \begin_inset Index idx
31912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 \begin_layout Standard
31922 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31928 \begin_layout Standard
31929 \begin_inset Graphics
31930 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31938 \begin_layout Standard
31939 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31945 \begin_layout Standard
31946 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31950 \begin_layout Standard
31951 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31957 \begin_layout Standard
31958 \begin_inset Tabular
31959 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31960 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31961 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31962 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 arg "changes-track"
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31988 \begin_inset space ~
31991 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31993 \begin_inset space ~
32002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 arg "changes-output"
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32027 \begin_inset space ~
32030 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32032 \begin_inset space ~
32036 \begin_inset space ~
32040 \begin_inset space ~
32049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 Jumps to the next change
32076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 arg "change-accept"
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32099 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32101 \begin_inset space ~
32104 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32106 \begin_inset space ~
32115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 arg "change-reject"
32132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32140 \begin_inset space ~
32143 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32145 \begin_inset space ~
32154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 arg "changes-merge"
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32179 \begin_inset space ~
32182 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32184 \begin_inset space ~
32193 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 arg "all-changes-accept"
32210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32216 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32218 \begin_inset space ~
32221 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32223 \begin_inset space ~
32227 \begin_inset space ~
32236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 arg "all-changes-reject"
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32261 \begin_inset space ~
32264 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32266 \begin_inset space ~
32270 \begin_inset space ~
32279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32303 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32305 \begin_inset space ~
32314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32339 \begin_inset space ~
32355 \begin_layout Standard
32356 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32362 \begin_layout Standard
32363 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32364 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32365 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32366 the next change after the current cursor position.
32367 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32368 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32369 step to the next change.
32370 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32373 \begin_layout Standard
32374 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32375 to describe a change.
32378 \begin_layout Standard
32379 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32384 \begin_inset Index idx
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32394 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32395 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32401 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32404 \begin_layout Section
32405 Comparison of Documents
32406 \begin_inset Index idx
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32410 Comparison of documents
32418 \begin_layout Standard
32419 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32421 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32425 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32427 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32430 \begin_inset space ~
32434 \begin_inset space ~
32438 \begin_inset space ~
32443 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32448 \begin_inset space ~
32452 \begin_inset space ~
32456 \begin_inset space ~
32460 \begin_inset space ~
32464 \begin_inset space ~
32468 \begin_inset space ~
32473 enables the change tracking option
32476 \begin_inset space ~
32480 \begin_inset space ~
32484 \begin_inset space ~
32489 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32492 \begin_layout Section
32493 International Support
32494 \begin_inset Index idx
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32498 International support
32506 \begin_layout Standard
32507 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32508 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32509 how to set up LyX to use them:
32510 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32512 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32519 \begin_layout Standard
32520 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32521 \begin_inset space ~
32525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32527 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32534 \begin_layout Subsection
32536 \begin_inset Index idx
32539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 \begin_inset Index idx
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 Document ! Settings
32556 \begin_inset Index idx
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 Document ! Language
32568 \begin_layout Standard
32571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32574 dialog lets you set
32576 the language and character encoding for your language.
32580 \begin_layout Standard
32581 Choose your language in the
32585 section of this dialog.
32593 \begin_layout Standard
32598 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32603 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32604 For details about the different encoding options see section
32605 \begin_inset space ~
32609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32611 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32618 \begin_layout Subsection
32619 Keyboard mapping configuration
32620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32622 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32629 \begin_layout Standard
32630 If you have for example a U.
32631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32634 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32635 can use an alternate keymap.
32636 For example, if you have a U.
32637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32640 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32641 use an Italian keymap.
32642 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32644 \begin_inset space ~
32648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32650 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32655 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32656 which one you want to use.
32659 \begin_layout Standard
32660 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32661 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32662 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32663 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32664 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32665 one to support the characters you want.
32666 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32673 \begin_layout Subsection
32677 \begin_layout Standard
32679 \begin_inset space ~
32683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32685 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32694 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32698 \begin_layout Standard
32699 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32700 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32708 \begin_layout Itemize
32709 Even if you have selected
32715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32718 dialog, users who have only the
32722 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32726 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32727 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32728 french quotes won't show up.
32731 \begin_layout Standard
32732 \begin_inset Float table
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32738 \begin_inset Caption
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32743 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 \begin_inset Tabular
32762 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32763 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32764 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32765 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32766 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32767 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 \begin_layout Standard
37194 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37196 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37197 also the characters from
37209 \begin_layout Itemize
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37220 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37226 \begin_layout Standard
37227 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37228 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37234 \begin_layout Standard
37235 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37236 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37242 \begin_layout Standard
37243 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37244 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37250 \begin_layout Standard
37252 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37258 \begin_layout Standard
37260 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37266 \begin_layout Standard
37268 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37275 \begin_layout Itemize
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37290 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37296 \begin_layout Standard
37298 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37304 \begin_layout Standard
37306 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37312 \begin_layout Standard
37314 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37320 \begin_layout Standard
37322 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37328 \begin_layout Standard
37330 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37337 \begin_layout Standard
37338 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37339 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37340 Also make sure you're using the
37347 \begin_layout Chapter
37350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37352 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37359 \begin_layout Standard
37360 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37361 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37362 topic inside the user's guide.
37365 \begin_layout Section
37367 \begin_inset Index idx
37370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 \begin_layout Standard
37384 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37387 \begin_layout Subsection
37391 \begin_layout Standard
37392 Creates a new document.
37395 \begin_layout Subsection
37399 \begin_layout Standard
37400 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37401 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37402 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37405 \begin_layout Subsection
37409 \begin_layout Standard
37413 \begin_layout Subsection
37417 \begin_layout Standard
37418 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37419 Click there on a file to open it.
37422 \begin_layout Subsection
37426 \begin_layout Standard
37427 Closes the current document.
37430 \begin_layout Subsection
37434 \begin_layout Standard
37435 Closes all opened documents.
37438 \begin_layout Subsection
37442 \begin_layout Standard
37443 Saves the actual document.
37446 \begin_layout Subsection
37450 \begin_layout Standard
37451 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37454 \begin_layout Subsection
37458 \begin_layout Standard
37459 Saves all opened documents.
37462 \begin_layout Subsection
37466 \begin_layout Standard
37467 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37470 \begin_layout Subsection
37474 \begin_layout Standard
37475 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37476 It is described in the section
37478 Version Control in LyX
37482 Additional Features
37487 \begin_layout Subsection
37491 \begin_layout Standard
37492 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37493 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37494 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37495 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37498 \begin_layout Standard
37499 When using the menu entry
37502 \begin_inset space ~
37507 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37511 \begin_inset space ~
37515 \begin_inset space ~
37520 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37521 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37524 \begin_layout Subsection
37526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37535 \begin_layout Standard
37536 You can export your document to various file formats.
37537 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37538 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37539 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37542 \begin_layout Standard
37543 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37545 \begin_inset space ~
37549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37551 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37558 \begin_layout Description
37564 \begin_inset space ~
37571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 yX format of the special LyX
37579 \begin_inset space ~
37582 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37583 \begin_inset Newline newline
37586 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37589 \begin_layout Description
37590 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37596 \begin_layout Description
37598 \begin_inset space ~
37601 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37607 \begin_layout Description
37608 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37609 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37610 files paths or file names in your document.
37611 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37618 \begin_layout Description
37619 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37620 paths or file names
37623 \begin_layout Description
37625 \begin_inset space ~
37632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37639 eX) DVI-format using the program
37643 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts
37646 \begin_layout Description
37648 \begin_inset space ~
37651 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37655 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37660 \begin_layout Description
37661 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37665 \begin_layout Description
37667 \begin_inset space ~
37671 \begin_inset space ~
37674 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37678 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37686 \begin_layout Description
37693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37701 \begin_inset space ~
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37730 \begin_layout Description
37737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37745 \begin_inset space ~
37750 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37751 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37755 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37758 \begin_layout Description
37765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 \begin_inset space ~
37778 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37779 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37787 \begin_layout Description
37794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37802 \begin_inset space ~
37813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37826 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37831 \begin_layout Description
37833 \begin_inset space ~
37837 \begin_inset space ~
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37855 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37856 music notation software
37861 \begin_layout Description
37868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37878 \begin_inset space ~
37882 \begin_inset space ~
37885 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37886 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37890 \begin_layout Description
37897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 \begin_inset space ~
37910 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37926 represent the version number)
37929 \begin_layout Description
37936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37945 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37948 \begin_layout Description
37949 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
37954 \begin_layout Description
37955 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
37968 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37972 \begin_layout Description
37976 \begin_inset space ~
37981 PDF-format using the program
37985 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
37988 \begin_layout Description
37992 \begin_inset space ~
37999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38008 PDF-format using the program
38012 , produces PDF-files directly
38015 \begin_layout Description
38019 \begin_inset space ~
38024 PDF-format using the program
38028 , produces PDF-files directly
38031 \begin_layout Description
38035 \begin_inset space ~
38040 PDF-format using the program
38044 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38047 \begin_layout Description
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 PDF-format using the program
38071 , produces PDF-files directly
38074 \begin_layout Description
38078 \begin_inset space ~
38086 \begin_layout Description
38090 \begin_inset space ~
38094 \begin_inset space ~
38099 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38100 and then exported as text using the program
38105 \begin_layout Description
38110 PostScript format using the program
38115 \begin_layout Description
38116 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38117 programming language
38130 it is possible to use
38137 \begin_layout Standard
38138 If one of the menu entries
38145 \begin_inset space ~
38154 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38155 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38156 \begin_inset space ~
38160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38162 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38167 \begin_inset Index idx
38170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 Reconfiguration of LyX
38179 \begin_layout Subsection
38183 \begin_layout Standard
38184 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38185 format or send it to a printer.
38186 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38187 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38193 For more information have a look at section
38194 \begin_inset space ~
38198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38200 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38207 \begin_layout Subsection
38211 \begin_layout Standard
38212 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38213 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38214 prefix, see section
38215 \begin_inset space ~
38219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38221 reference "sec:Paths"
38226 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38235 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38236 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38237 \begin_inset space ~
38241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38243 reference "sub:Converters"
38250 \begin_layout Subsection
38251 New and Close Window
38254 \begin_layout Standard
38255 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38258 \begin_layout Subsection
38262 \begin_layout Standard
38263 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38266 \begin_layout Section
38268 \begin_inset Index idx
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 \begin_layout Subsection
38284 \begin_layout Standard
38285 Described in section
38286 \begin_inset space ~
38290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38292 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38299 \begin_layout Subsection
38300 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38304 Described in section
38305 \begin_inset space ~
38309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38311 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38318 \begin_layout Subsection
38322 \begin_layout Standard
38323 Selects the whole document.
38326 \begin_layout Subsection
38327 Find & Replace (Quick)
38330 \begin_layout Standard
38331 Described in section
38332 \begin_inset space ~
38336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38338 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38345 \begin_layout Subsection
38346 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38349 \begin_layout Standard
38350 Described in section
38351 \begin_inset space ~
38355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38357 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38364 \begin_layout Subsection
38365 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38368 \begin_layout Standard
38369 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38373 \begin_layout Subsection
38377 \begin_layout Standard
38378 Described in section
38379 \begin_inset space ~
38383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38385 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38392 \begin_layout Subsection
38394 \begin_inset Index idx
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 Paragraph ! Settings
38406 \begin_layout Standard
38407 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38408 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38411 \begin_layout Standard
38412 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38413 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38421 \begin_inset space ~
38429 \begin_layout Subsection
38430 Table Settings and Math
38433 \begin_layout Standard
38434 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38436 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38437 The properties of tables are described in section
38438 \begin_inset space ~
38442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38444 reference "sec:Tables"
38448 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38449 \begin_inset space ~
38453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38455 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38462 \begin_layout Subsection
38463 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38466 \begin_layout Standard
38467 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38468 that can be nested.
38469 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38470 \begin_inset space ~
38474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38476 reference "sec:Nesting"
38481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38483 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38490 \begin_layout Section
38492 \begin_inset Index idx
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38504 \begin_layout Standard
38509 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38510 document with an external program.
38511 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38512 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38513 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38514 \begin_inset space ~
38518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38520 reference "sub:Export"
38525 You should at least see the menu entries
38532 \begin_inset space ~
38538 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38539 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38540 \begin_inset space ~
38544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38546 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38551 \begin_inset Index idx
38554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38555 Reconfiguration of LyX
38563 \begin_layout Standard
38564 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38565 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38566 \begin_inset space ~
38570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38572 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38577 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38580 \begin_layout Standard
38581 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38584 At the bottom of the
38588 menu the opened documents are listed.
38591 \begin_layout Subsection
38592 Open/Close all Insets
38595 \begin_layout Standard
38596 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38599 \begin_layout Subsection
38600 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38603 \begin_layout Standard
38604 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38607 \begin_layout Standard
38608 Math macros are described in the
38615 \begin_layout Subsection
38619 \begin_layout Standard
38620 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38622 \begin_inset space ~
38626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38628 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38635 \begin_layout Subsection
38639 \begin_layout Standard
38640 Opens a window showing console messages.
38641 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38645 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38646 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38649 \begin_layout Subsection
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38654 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38655 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38662 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38666 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38673 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38677 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38678 The default output format is
38681 \begin_inset space ~
38689 \begin_layout Subsection
38690 View (Other Formats)
38693 \begin_layout Standard
38694 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38697 \begin_layout Subsection
38701 \begin_layout Standard
38702 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38703 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38704 opening a new viewer window.
38707 \begin_layout Subsection
38708 Update (Other Formats)
38711 \begin_layout Standard
38712 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38713 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38716 \begin_layout Subsection
38717 View Master Document
38720 \begin_layout Standard
38721 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38737 \begin_inset space ~
38742 manual for more information on this topic).
38743 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38744 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38749 generates the output of the whole book, while
38753 will just output the chapter alone.
38756 \begin_layout Standard
38757 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38758 in the preferences (see sec.
38759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38765 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38769 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38776 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38783 \begin_layout Subsection
38784 Update Master Document
38787 \begin_layout Standard
38788 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38804 \begin_inset space ~
38809 manual for more information on this topic).
38810 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38811 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38815 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38816 in the preferences (see sec.
38817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38823 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38827 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38834 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38841 \begin_layout Subsection
38845 \begin_layout Standard
38846 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38847 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38848 view the same document, but at different positions.
38849 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38850 or more documents at the same time.
38851 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38858 \begin_layout Subsection
38862 \begin_layout Standard
38863 Closes a split view.
38866 \begin_layout Subsection
38870 \begin_layout Standard
38871 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38872 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38873 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38874 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38875 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38878 \begin_layout Subsection
38880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38882 name "sub:Toolbars"
38887 \begin_inset Index idx
38890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 \begin_layout Standard
38900 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38901 All toolbars and the
38904 \begin_inset space ~
38909 can be turned on and off.
38914 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38935 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38939 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38946 \begin_layout Standard
38951 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38955 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38956 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38957 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38958 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38959 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38962 \begin_layout Standard
38963 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38964 \begin_inset space ~
38968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38970 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38977 \begin_layout Section
38979 \begin_inset Index idx
38982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 \begin_layout Subsection
38995 \begin_layout Standard
38996 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38997 \begin_inset space ~
39001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39003 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39014 \begin_layout Subsection
39016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39018 name "sub:Special-Character"
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 Here you can insert the following characters:
39029 \begin_layout Description
39030 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39031 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39032 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39033 \begin_inset Newline newline
39037 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39045 Not all characters will be visible in the
39049 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39057 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39061 ) can display every character.
39069 \begin_layout Description
39070 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39074 \begin_layout Description
39076 \begin_inset space ~
39080 \begin_inset space ~
39083 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39084 \begin_inset space ~
39088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39090 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39097 \begin_layout Description
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39102 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39115 \begin_layout Description
39117 \begin_inset space ~
39120 Quote Inserts this quote:
39121 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39127 \begin_layout Description
39129 \begin_inset space ~
39132 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39136 \begin_layout Description
39138 \begin_inset space ~
39141 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39145 \begin_layout Description
39147 \begin_inset space ~
39150 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39154 \begin_layout Description
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39160 \begin_inset Index idx
39163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 \begin_inset Index idx
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39174 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39179 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39180 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39181 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39186 \begin_inset Index idx
39189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39190 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39196 \begin_inset Newline newline
39199 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39203 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39211 and this Wiki-page:
39212 \begin_inset Newline newline
39216 \begin_inset Flex URL
39219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39221 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39229 \begin_layout Subsection
39233 \begin_layout Standard
39234 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39237 \begin_layout Description
39238 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39239 \begin_inset script superscript
39241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39250 \begin_layout Description
39251 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39252 \begin_inset script subscript
39254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39263 \begin_layout Description
39265 \begin_inset space ~
39268 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39269 \begin_inset space ~
39273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39275 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39282 \begin_layout Description
39284 \begin_inset space ~
39287 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39288 \begin_inset space ~
39292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39294 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39301 \begin_layout Description
39303 \begin_inset space ~
39306 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39307 \begin_inset space ~
39311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39313 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39320 \begin_layout Description
39322 \begin_inset space ~
39325 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39326 \begin_inset space ~
39330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39332 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39339 \begin_layout Description
39341 \begin_inset space ~
39344 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39345 \begin_inset space ~
39349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39351 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39358 \begin_layout Description
39360 \begin_inset space ~
39363 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39364 \begin_inset space ~
39368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39370 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39377 \begin_layout Description
39378 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39385 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39392 \begin_layout Description
39394 \begin_inset space ~
39397 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39398 \begin_inset space ~
39402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39404 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39411 \begin_layout Description
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39416 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39417 \begin_inset space ~
39421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39423 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39430 \begin_layout Description
39432 \begin_inset space ~
39436 \begin_inset space ~
39439 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39440 \begin_inset space ~
39444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39446 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39453 \begin_layout Description
39455 \begin_inset space ~
39458 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39459 text line to the page border, see section
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39466 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39473 \begin_layout Description
39475 \begin_inset space ~
39478 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39479 \begin_inset space ~
39483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39485 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39492 \begin_layout Description
39494 \begin_inset space ~
39497 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39498 text page to the page border, described in section
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39505 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39512 \begin_layout Description
39514 \begin_inset space ~
39517 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39518 \begin_inset space ~
39522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39524 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39531 \begin_layout Description
39533 \begin_inset space ~
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39540 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39547 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39554 \begin_layout Subsection
39558 \begin_layout Standard
39559 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39560 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39568 reference "sec:toc"
39573 The index list is described in section
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39580 reference "sec:Index"
39584 , the nomenclature in section
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39591 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39595 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39596 \begin_inset space ~
39600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39602 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39609 \begin_layout Subsection
39613 \begin_layout Standard
39614 To insert floats, described in section
39615 \begin_inset space ~
39619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39621 reference "sec:Floats"
39628 \begin_layout Subsection
39632 \begin_layout Standard
39633 To insert notes, described in section
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39640 reference "sec:Notes"
39647 \begin_layout Subsection
39651 \begin_layout Standard
39652 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39659 reference "sec:Branches"
39666 \begin_layout Subsection
39670 \begin_layout Standard
39671 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39672 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39674 An example is the document class
39675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39682 with three custom insets.
39685 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39691 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39694 \begin_layout Subsection
39696 \begin_inset Index idx
39699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39708 \begin_layout Standard
39709 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39710 files in your document.
39711 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39726 \begin_layout Subsection
39728 \begin_inset Index idx
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39740 \begin_layout Standard
39741 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39748 reference "sec:Minipages"
39753 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39768 \begin_layout Subsection
39772 \begin_layout Standard
39773 Inserts a citation as described in section
39774 \begin_inset space ~
39778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39780 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39787 \begin_layout Subsection
39791 \begin_layout Standard
39792 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39799 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39806 \begin_layout Subsection
39810 \begin_layout Standard
39811 Inserts a label as described in section
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39818 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39825 \begin_layout Subsection
39827 \begin_inset Index idx
39830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39837 \begin_inset Index idx
39840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39841 Longtables ! Caption
39849 \begin_layout Standard
39850 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39851 Floats are described in section
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39858 reference "sec:Floats"
39862 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39877 \begin_layout Subsection
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39882 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39889 reference "sec:Index"
39896 \begin_layout Subsection
39900 \begin_layout Standard
39901 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39908 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39915 \begin_layout Subsection
39919 \begin_layout Standard
39921 Tables are described in section
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39928 reference "sec:Tables"
39935 \begin_layout Subsection
39939 \begin_layout Standard
39941 Graphics are described in section
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39948 reference "sec:Graphics"
39955 \begin_layout Subsection
39959 \begin_layout Standard
39960 Inserts an URL as described in section
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39967 reference "sub:URLs"
39974 \begin_layout Subsection
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39979 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39980 \begin_inset space ~
39984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39986 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39993 \begin_layout Subsection
39997 \begin_layout Standard
39998 Inserts a footnote, see section
39999 \begin_inset space ~
40003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40005 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40012 \begin_layout Subsection
40016 \begin_layout Standard
40017 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40018 \begin_inset space ~
40022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40024 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40031 \begin_layout Subsection
40035 \begin_layout Standard
40036 Inserts a short title, see section
40037 \begin_inset space ~
40041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40043 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40050 \begin_layout Subsection
40054 \begin_layout Standard
40055 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40056 \begin_inset space ~
40060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40062 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40069 \begin_layout Subsection
40071 \begin_inset Index idx
40074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40083 \begin_layout Standard
40084 Inserts a program listings box.
40085 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40087 Program Code Listings
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40100 \begin_layout Subsection
40104 \begin_layout Standard
40105 Inserts the actual date.
40106 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40108 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40124 \begin_layout Section
40126 \begin_inset Index idx
40129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40143 of the current document.
40144 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40147 \begin_layout Subsection
40151 \begin_layout Standard
40152 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40153 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40159 \begin_inset space \space{}
40163 \begin_inset space ~
40167 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40171 2.5 and use the menu
40174 \begin_inset space ~
40178 \begin_inset space ~
40185 \begin_inset space ~
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40195 \begin_inset space ~
40201 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40205 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40211 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40217 \begin_layout Standard
40218 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40219 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40222 \begin_layout Subsection
40223 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40226 \begin_layout Standard
40227 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40231 \begin_layout Subsection
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40236 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40237 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40238 on a cross-reference box.
40241 \begin_layout Subsection
40245 \begin_layout Standard
40246 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40247 in the output, see section
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40258 \begin_inset space ~
40263 manual for a detailed description.
40266 \begin_layout Section
40268 \begin_inset Index idx
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40280 \begin_layout Subsection
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40285 Change Tracking is described in section
40286 \begin_inset space ~
40290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40292 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40299 \begin_layout Subsection
40304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40314 \begin_layout Standard
40315 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40317 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40320 \begin_layout Standard
40321 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40326 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40329 \begin_layout Subsection
40333 \begin_layout Standard
40334 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40335 \begin_inset space ~
40339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40341 reference "sec:Navigating"
40346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40348 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40355 \begin_layout Subsection
40356 Start Appendix Here
40359 \begin_layout Standard
40360 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40361 position as described in section
40362 \begin_inset space ~
40366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40368 reference "sec:Appendices"
40375 \begin_layout Subsection
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40380 Un/compresses the current document.
40383 \begin_layout Subsection
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40388 The document settings are described in appendix
40389 \begin_inset space ~
40393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40395 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40402 \begin_layout Section
40404 \begin_inset Index idx
40407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40416 \begin_layout Subsection
40420 \begin_layout Standard
40421 Spell checking is explained in section
40422 \begin_inset space ~
40426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40428 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40435 \begin_layout Subsection
40439 \begin_layout Standard
40440 The thesaurus is described in section
40441 \begin_inset space ~
40445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40447 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40454 \begin_layout Subsection
40456 \begin_inset Index idx
40459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40466 \begin_inset Index idx
40469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40483 \begin_layout Subsection
40485 \begin_inset Index idx
40488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40497 \begin_layout Standard
40498 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40501 \begin_layout Subsection
40503 \begin_inset Index idx
40506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40507 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40518 Reconfiguration of LyX
40522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40535 \begin_inset Index idx
40538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40539 Reconfiguration of LyX
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40548 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40549 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40550 \begin_inset space ~
40554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40556 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40563 \begin_layout Subsection
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40568 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40569 \begin_inset space ~
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40582 \begin_layout Section
40584 \begin_inset Index idx
40587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40596 \begin_layout Standard
40597 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40599 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40602 \begin_layout Standard
40606 \begin_inset space ~
40611 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40612 found by LyX (see also section
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40619 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40626 \begin_layout Section
40628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40630 name "sec:Toolbars"
40637 \begin_layout Standard
40638 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40639 \begin_inset space ~
40643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40645 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40652 \begin_layout Standard
40653 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40654 This is described in the
40656 Additional Features
40661 \begin_layout Subsection
40663 \begin_inset Index idx
40666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40675 \begin_layout Standard
40676 \begin_inset Graphics
40677 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40685 \begin_layout Standard
40686 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40693 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40710 \begin_inset Note Note
40713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40714 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40719 manual for more information.
40727 \begin_layout Standard
40728 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40735 \begin_inset Tabular
40736 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40737 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40738 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40739 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40745 \begin_inset Graphics
40746 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40760 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40774 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40780 \begin_layout Standard
40782 \begin_inset Tabular
40783 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40784 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40785 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40786 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40840 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40870 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40886 arg "dialog-show print"
40894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40900 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40930 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41020 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41057 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41148 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41149 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 Emphasize text, function of the
41179 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41213 Set text to noun style, function of the
41215 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41217 \begin_inset space ~
41228 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41237 arg "textstyle-apply"
41245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41249 Formats text using the current settings in the
41251 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41253 \begin_inset space ~
41264 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41288 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41290 \begin_inset space ~
41299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41308 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41336 arg "tabular-insert"
41344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41366 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 Toggle outline window on/off,
41380 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41396 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41414 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41423 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41448 \begin_layout Subsection
41450 \begin_inset Index idx
41453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 \begin_layout Standard
41463 \begin_inset Graphics
41464 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41472 \begin_layout Standard
41473 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41479 \begin_layout Standard
41480 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41484 \begin_layout Standard
41485 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41491 \begin_layout Standard
41492 \begin_inset Tabular
41493 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41494 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41495 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41496 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41533 arg "layout Enumerate"
41541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41560 arg "layout Itemize"
41568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41614 arg "layout Description"
41622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41641 arg "depth-increment"
41649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41655 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41657 \begin_inset space ~
41661 \begin_inset space ~
41670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41679 arg "depth-decrement"
41687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41693 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41695 \begin_inset space ~
41699 \begin_inset space ~
41708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41717 arg "float-insert figure"
41725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41732 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41748 arg "float-insert table"
41756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41763 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41839 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41860 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41885 \begin_inset space ~
41894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41903 arg "nomencl-insert"
41911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41919 \begin_inset space ~
41928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41937 arg "footnote-insert"
41945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41983 \begin_inset space ~
41992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42016 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42018 \begin_inset space ~
42027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42057 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42127 \begin_inset space ~
42136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42145 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42160 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42191 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42193 \begin_inset space ~
42202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 arg "dialog-show character"
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42225 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42227 \begin_inset space ~
42236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42245 arg "layout-paragraph"
42253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42261 \begin_inset space ~
42270 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42279 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42307 \begin_layout Subsection
42308 View / Update Toolbar
42309 \begin_inset Index idx
42312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42313 Toolbar ! View / Update
42321 \begin_layout Standard
42322 \begin_inset Graphics
42323 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42330 \begin_layout Standard
42331 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42337 \begin_layout Standard
42338 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42342 \begin_layout Standard
42343 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42349 \begin_layout Standard
42350 \begin_inset Tabular
42351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42352 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42353 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42354 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42378 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42394 arg "buffer-update"
42402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42408 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42424 arg "master-buffer-view"
42432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42438 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42454 arg "master-buffer-update"
42462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42468 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42470 \begin_inset space ~
42479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42488 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42503 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42504 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42505 Synchronize with Output
42511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42516 \begin_inset Graphics
42517 filename ../images/view-others.png
42519 groupId toolbarbuttons
42530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42536 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42537 View (Other Formats)
42543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42548 \begin_inset Graphics
42549 filename ../images/update-others.png
42551 groupId toolbarbuttons
42560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42566 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42567 Update (Other Formats)
42580 \begin_layout Standard
42581 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42585 \begin_layout Subsection
42589 \begin_layout Standard
42590 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42591 \begin_inset space ~
42595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42597 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42601 , the table toolbar
42602 \begin_inset Index idx
42605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42614 \begin_inset space ~
42619 manual, the math macro toolbar
42620 \begin_inset Index idx
42623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42636 \begin_layout Chapter
42637 The Document Settings
42638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42640 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42645 \begin_inset Index idx
42648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 Document ! Settings
42657 \begin_layout Standard
42658 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42659 whole document and is called with the menu
42661 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42665 You can save your document settings as default with th
42667 e Save as Document Defaults
42669 button in the dialog.
42670 This will create a template named
42674 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42678 \begin_layout Standard
42679 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42682 \begin_layout Section
42686 \begin_layout Standard
42687 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42689 Document classes are described in section
42690 \begin_inset space ~
42694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42696 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42701 Some classes use some class options by default.
42702 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42706 and you can decide to use them or not.
42707 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42708 recommended not to touch them.
42713 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42718 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42719 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42725 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42726 \begin_inset Newline newline
42731 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42734 \begin_inset Newline newline
42737 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42742 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42744 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42756 \begin_layout Standard
42757 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42758 child or subdocument.
42759 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42760 without its master.
42761 This way child documents are always compilable.
42762 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42769 \begin_inset space ~
42777 \begin_layout Standard
42778 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42788 \begin_inset Index idx
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42792 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42798 \begin_inset Index idx
42801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42802 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42807 for cross-references, see sec.
42808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42814 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42821 \begin_layout Section
42825 \begin_layout Standard
42826 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42827 Please refer to the section
42830 \begin_inset space ~
42838 \begin_inset space ~
42843 manual for details.
42846 \begin_layout Section
42850 \begin_layout Standard
42851 Modules are explained in section
42852 \begin_inset space ~
42856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42858 reference "sub:Modules"
42865 \begin_layout Section
42869 \begin_layout Standard
42871 \begin_inset space ~
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42877 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
42884 \begin_layout Section
42888 \begin_layout Standard
42889 The document font settings are described in section
42890 \begin_inset space ~
42894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42896 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42903 \begin_layout Section
42907 \begin_layout Standard
42908 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42910 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42914 \begin_layout Standard
42915 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42916 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42917 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42920 \begin_layout Section
42924 \begin_layout Standard
42925 A description of this menu is given in section
42926 \begin_inset space ~
42930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42932 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
42937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42939 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42946 \begin_layout Section
42950 \begin_layout Standard
42951 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42952 \begin_inset space ~
42956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42958 reference "sub:Margins"
42965 \begin_layout Section
42967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42969 name "sec:Language-encodings"
42974 \begin_inset Index idx
42977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 Language ! Encoding
42986 \begin_layout Standard
42987 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42988 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42989 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42990 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42991 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42992 known for a particular character).
42996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42997 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43002 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43007 manual for details.
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 If you use the option
43020 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43021 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43022 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43023 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43024 exactly one encoding.
43025 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43028 \begin_layout Standard
43029 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43030 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43031 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43032 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43033 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43034 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43039 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43040 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43041 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43042 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43043 engines to standard LaTeX.
43044 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43045 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43048 \begin_inset space ~
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 \begin_inset space ~
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43086 \begin_inset space ~
43092 \begin_inset space ~
43096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43098 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43103 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43107 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43110 \begin_layout Standard
43114 \begin_inset space ~
43119 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43129 The possible settings are:
43132 \begin_layout Description
43133 Default is the package
43138 \begin_inset Index idx
43141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43150 \begin_layout Description
43152 \begin_inset Note Note
43155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43164 \begin_layout Description
43166 \begin_inset space ~
43169 Babel uses in every case
43176 \begin_layout Description
43177 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43178 For example, if you want to use XeTeX and therefore want to the package
43184 \begin_inset Index idx
43187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43188 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43200 \begin_inset Newline newline
43205 usepackage{polyglossia}
43208 \begin_layout Description
43209 None will not use a language package.
43210 This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43213 \begin_layout Standard
43214 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43217 \begin_layout Description
43219 \begin_inset space ~
43223 \begin_inset space ~
43227 \begin_inset space ~
43234 , but the LaTeX-package
43239 \begin_inset Index idx
43242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43243 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43249 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43250 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43251 languages in TeX code.
43254 \begin_layout Description
43255 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43256 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43257 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43260 \begin_layout Description
43262 \begin_inset space ~
43266 \begin_inset space ~
43269 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43272 \begin_layout Description
43274 \begin_inset space ~
43278 \begin_inset space ~
43281 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43284 \begin_layout Description
43286 \begin_inset space ~
43289 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43292 \begin_layout Description
43294 \begin_inset space ~
43298 \begin_inset space ~
43301 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43302 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43305 \begin_layout Description
43307 \begin_inset space ~
43311 \begin_inset space ~
43314 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43318 \begin_layout Description
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43324 \begin_inset space ~
43327 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43328 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43331 \begin_layout Description
43333 \begin_inset space ~
43337 \begin_inset space ~
43341 \begin_inset space ~
43344 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43345 \begin_inset space ~
43351 \begin_layout Description
43353 \begin_inset space ~
43357 \begin_inset space ~
43361 \begin_inset space ~
43364 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43365 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43368 \begin_layout Description
43370 \begin_inset space ~
43374 \begin_inset space ~
43377 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43378 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43379 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43380 \begin_inset space ~
43384 \begin_inset space ~
43390 \begin_layout Description
43392 \begin_inset space ~
43396 \begin_inset space ~
43399 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43400 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43401 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43402 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43403 \begin_inset space ~
43407 \begin_inset space ~
43413 \begin_layout Description
43415 \begin_inset space ~
43419 \begin_inset space ~
43422 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43425 \begin_layout Description
43427 \begin_inset space ~
43431 \begin_inset space ~
43434 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43437 \begin_layout Description
43439 \begin_inset space ~
43443 \begin_inset space ~
43446 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43449 \begin_layout Description
43451 \begin_inset space ~
43454 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43457 \begin_layout Description
43459 \begin_inset space ~
43462 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43465 \begin_layout Description
43467 \begin_inset space ~
43471 \begin_inset space ~
43474 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43477 \begin_layout Description
43479 \begin_inset space ~
43483 \begin_inset space ~
43489 \begin_layout Description
43491 \begin_inset space ~
43495 \begin_inset space ~
43498 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43501 \begin_layout Description
43503 \begin_inset space ~
43507 \begin_inset space ~
43513 \begin_layout Description
43515 \begin_inset space ~
43519 \begin_inset space ~
43522 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43527 \begin_inset Index idx
43530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43531 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43536 , when using this, set the document language to
43541 \begin_layout Description
43543 \begin_inset space ~
43547 \begin_inset space ~
43550 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43554 , when using this, set the document language to
43557 \begin_inset space ~
43563 \begin_layout Description
43565 \begin_inset space ~
43569 \begin_inset space ~
43572 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43577 \begin_inset Index idx
43580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43581 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43586 , when using this, set the document language to
43591 \begin_layout Description
43593 \begin_inset space ~
43597 \begin_inset space ~
43600 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43604 , when using this, set the document language to
43609 \begin_layout Description
43611 \begin_inset space ~
43615 \begin_inset space ~
43618 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43622 , when using this, set the document language to
43627 \begin_layout Description
43629 \begin_inset space ~
43632 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43635 \begin_layout Description
43637 \begin_inset space ~
43641 \begin_inset space ~
43645 \begin_inset space ~
43648 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43651 \begin_layout Description
43653 \begin_inset space ~
43657 \begin_inset space ~
43661 \begin_inset space ~
43664 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43665 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43666 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43669 \begin_layout Description
43671 \begin_inset space ~
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43681 \begin_layout Description
43683 \begin_inset space ~
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43690 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43691 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43694 \begin_layout Description
43696 \begin_inset space ~
43700 \begin_inset space ~
43703 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43708 \begin_inset Index idx
43711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43712 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43717 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43720 \begin_layout Description
43722 \begin_inset space ~
43726 \begin_inset space ~
43729 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43737 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43742 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43744 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43747 \begin_layout Description
43749 \begin_inset space ~
43753 \begin_inset space ~
43756 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43761 \begin_inset Index idx
43764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43765 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43770 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43773 \begin_layout Description
43775 \begin_inset space ~
43778 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43783 \begin_inset Index idx
43786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43787 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43793 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43797 \begin_layout Description
43799 \begin_inset space ~
43803 \begin_inset space ~
43807 \begin_inset space ~
43810 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43811 \begin_inset space ~
43817 \begin_layout Description
43819 \begin_inset space ~
43823 \begin_inset space ~
43827 \begin_inset space ~
43830 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43831 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43832 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43836 \begin_layout Description
43838 \begin_inset space ~
43842 \begin_inset space ~
43846 \begin_inset space ~
43849 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43850 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43853 \begin_layout Standard
43854 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43858 LatexCommand formatted
43859 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43863 for more information on the language package.
43866 \begin_layout Section
43870 \begin_layout Standard
43871 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43872 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43873 \begin_inset space ~
43877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43879 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43886 \begin_layout Section
43890 \begin_layout Standard
43891 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43896 \begin_inset Index idx
43899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43900 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43910 \begin_inset Index idx
43913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43914 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43920 You can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43925 \begin_inset Index idx
43928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43929 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43934 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43936 For a further description see section
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43943 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43950 \begin_layout Section
43954 \begin_layout Standard
43955 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43956 and you can define additional indexes.
43957 Please refer to section
43958 \begin_inset space ~
43962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43964 reference "sec:Index"
43971 \begin_layout Section
43975 \begin_layout Standard
43976 The PDF properties are explained in section
43977 \begin_inset space ~
43981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43983 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43990 \begin_layout Section
43994 \begin_layout Standard
43995 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44000 \begin_inset Index idx
44003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44004 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44014 \begin_inset Index idx
44017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44018 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44024 \begin_inset Index idx
44027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44028 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44038 \begin_inset Index idx
44041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44042 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44047 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44050 \begin_layout Description
44051 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44052 ensure that you have enabled
44055 \begin_inset space ~
44063 \begin_layout Description
44064 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44067 \begin_inset space ~
44079 \begin_layout Description
44080 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44091 \begin_layout Description
44092 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44094 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44103 \begin_layout Section
44107 \begin_layout Standard
44108 The float placement options are described in section
44111 \begin_inset space ~
44119 \begin_inset space ~
44127 \begin_layout Section
44131 \begin_layout Standard
44132 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44134 Program Code Listings
44139 \begin_inset space ~
44147 \begin_layout Section
44151 \begin_layout Standard
44152 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44153 The itemize environment is described in section
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44160 reference "sec:Itemize"
44167 \begin_layout Section
44171 \begin_layout Standard
44172 Branches are described in section
44173 \begin_inset space ~
44177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44179 reference "sec:Branches"
44186 \begin_layout Section
44188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44190 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44197 \begin_layout Standard
44198 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44201 \begin_layout Description
44203 \begin_inset space ~
44207 \begin_inset space ~
44210 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44230 View Master Document
44231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44238 Update Master Document
44239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44246 menu or the toolbar.
44247 The default is set in
44249 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44250 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44259 LatexCommand formatted
44260 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44267 \begin_layout Description
44269 \begin_inset space ~
44273 \begin_inset space ~
44276 Output settings for the menu
44278 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44286 For a detailed description see section
44288 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44293 \begin_inset space ~
44301 \begin_layout Description
44303 \begin_inset space ~
44307 \begin_inset space ~
44310 Options settings for the export format
44318 \begin_inset space ~
44323 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44324 \begin_inset space ~
44327 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44331 \begin_inset space ~
44336 settings are described in detail in section
44338 Math Output in XHTML
44343 \begin_inset space ~
44349 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44352 \begin_layout Section
44357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44367 \begin_layout Standard
44368 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44369 to define LaTeX-commands.
44370 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44371 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44375 \begin_layout Standard
44376 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44377 \begin_inset space ~
44381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44383 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44390 \begin_layout Chapter
44396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44398 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44403 \begin_inset Index idx
44406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44415 \begin_layout Standard
44416 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44422 It has the following submenus.
44425 \begin_layout Section
44429 \begin_layout Subsection
44433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44434 User Interface File
44435 \begin_inset Index idx
44438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44439 Customization ! of toolbars
44445 \begin_inset Index idx
44448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44449 Customization ! of menus
44457 \begin_layout Standard
44458 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44466 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44475 \begin_layout Standard
44476 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44477 interface (ui) file.
44478 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44479 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44488 Both files are loaded by the
44493 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44494 files and edit the entries.
44497 \begin_layout Standard
44498 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44510 entries must be ended with an explicit
44535 and in the case of the
44536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44548 The syntax for the entries is:
44551 \begin_layout Standard
44552 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44580 \begin_layout Standard
44582 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44585 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44587 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44589 \begin_inset space ~
44597 \begin_layout Standard
44598 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44604 \begin_layout Standard
44605 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44607 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44610 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44614 \begin_layout Standard
44615 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44639 \begin_layout Standard
44641 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44644 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44647 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44651 \begin_layout Standard
44654 Enable tool tips in main work area
44656 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44664 \begin_layout Standard
44668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44675 restoring of window layout and geometries
44677 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44678 in the last LyX session.
44681 \begin_layout Standard
44684 Restore cursor positions
44686 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44690 \begin_layout Standard
44693 Load opened files from last session
44695 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44698 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44702 name "sub:Backup documents"
44707 \begin_inset Index idx
44710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44719 \begin_layout Standard
44724 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44727 \begin_layout Standard
44732 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44735 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44737 \begin_inset space ~
44745 \begin_layout Standard
44748 Open documents in tabs
44750 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44754 \begin_layout Subsection
44756 \begin_inset Index idx
44759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44768 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44775 \begin_layout Standard
44776 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44779 \begin_layout Standard
44780 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44788 This section only deals with the fonts
44793 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44797 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44808 \begin_layout Standard
44809 By default, LyX uses
44813 as roman (serif) font,
44821 (depends on the system) as
44824 \begin_inset space ~
44840 \begin_layout Standard
44841 You can change the font size with the
44846 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44847 current LyX session by pressing
44851 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44854 \begin_layout Standard
44859 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44860 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44865 points have the size of 1
44866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44870 \begin_inset space ~
44874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44876 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44883 \begin_layout Standard
44888 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44889 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44893 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44894 \begin_inset space ~
44898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44900 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44907 \begin_layout Standard
44910 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44912 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44913 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44914 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44915 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44917 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44918 \begin_inset space ~
44924 \begin_layout Subsection
44926 \begin_inset Index idx
44929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44936 \begin_inset Index idx
44939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44948 \begin_layout Standard
44949 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44950 Choose an item in the list and use the
44957 \begin_layout Subsection
44959 \begin_inset Index idx
44962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44971 \begin_layout Standard
44972 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44975 \begin_layout Standard
44980 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44981 This feature is described in section
44982 \begin_inset space ~
44986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44988 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44995 \begin_layout Standard
44999 \begin_inset space ~
45003 \begin_inset space ~
45007 \begin_inset space ~
45012 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45015 \begin_layout Section
45017 \begin_inset Index idx
45020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45029 \begin_layout Subsection
45033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45037 \begin_layout Standard
45040 Cursor follows scrollbar
45042 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45046 \begin_layout Standard
45047 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
45052 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45053 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45056 \begin_layout Standard
45059 Sort environments alphabetically
45061 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45064 \begin_layout Standard
45067 Group environments by their category
45069 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45072 \begin_layout Standard
45073 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45089 \begin_layout Standard
45090 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45095 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45096 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45100 \begin_layout Subsection
45102 \begin_inset Index idx
45105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45112 \begin_inset Index idx
45115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45116 Settings ! Shortcuts
45124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45128 \begin_layout Standard
45129 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45130 Several binding files are available:
45133 \begin_layout Description
45134 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45137 \begin_layout Description
45138 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45149 \begin_layout Description
45150 mac.bind set of bindings for
45153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45161 \begin_layout Standard
45162 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45166 , and bind files for special languages.
45167 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45172 \begin_inset space \space{}
45176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45184 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45188 \begin_layout Standard
45189 Some bind-files, like
45193 , have only a small scope.
45194 When looking at the end of the file
45198 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45205 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45210 \begin_inset Index idx
45213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45214 Key Bindings ! Editing
45222 \begin_layout Standard
45223 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45224 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45225 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45228 Show key-bindings containing
45231 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45232 Insert there for example as keyword
45233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45240 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45250 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45251 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45255 that you will find in the
45262 \begin_layout Standard
45264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45268 \begin_inset space \space{}
45279 , select the function and press the
45284 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45285 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45286 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45287 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45288 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45290 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45292 The binding for the function
45296 is an example of this.
45299 \begin_layout Standard
45300 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45302 The syntax of the entries is:
45305 \begin_layout Standard
45311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45329 \begin_layout Subsection
45331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45333 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45338 \begin_inset Index idx
45341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45348 \begin_inset Index idx
45351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45352 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45360 \begin_layout Standard
45361 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45362 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45368 \begin_inset space \space{}
45371 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45372 can use the keyboard map file named
45379 \begin_layout Standard
45380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45388 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45396 \begin_layout Standard
45397 Besides this, you can specify here the
45399 Wheel scrolling speed
45402 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45406 \begin_layout Subsection
45408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45410 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45415 \begin_inset Index idx
45418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45427 \begin_layout Standard
45428 Input completion is described in sec.
45429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45435 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45440 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45442 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45443 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45447 \begin_layout Section
45449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45456 \begin_inset Index idx
45459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45466 \begin_inset Index idx
45469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45478 \begin_layout Description
45480 \begin_inset space ~
45483 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45484 It is the default when you
45495 \begin_inset space ~
45503 \begin_layout Description
45505 \begin_inset space ~
45508 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45510 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45512 \begin_inset space ~
45516 \begin_inset space ~
45524 \begin_layout Description
45526 \begin_inset space ~
45529 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45535 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45539 \begin_inset Newline newline
45543 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45555 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45563 \begin_layout Description
45565 \begin_inset space ~
45569 \begin_inset Index idx
45572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45578 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45579 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45580 \begin_inset space ~
45584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45586 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45594 will be used to save the backups.
45595 \begin_inset Newline newline
45598 The backup files have the ending
45599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45609 \begin_layout Description
45614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45621 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45622 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45623 \begin_inset Newline newline
45630 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45631 You can edit this file with the program
45640 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45643 \begin_inset space ~
45649 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45654 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45655 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45661 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45662 \begin_inset Newline newline
45666 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45674 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45682 \begin_layout Description
45684 \begin_inset space ~
45687 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45690 \begin_layout Description
45692 \begin_inset space ~
45695 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45696 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45697 to find it on the system.
45698 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45699 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45708 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45709 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45713 \begin_layout Section
45717 \begin_layout Standard
45718 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45719 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45721 \begin_inset space ~
45725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45727 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45731 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45734 \begin_layout Section
45736 \begin_inset Index idx
45739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45740 Language ! Settings
45746 \begin_inset Index idx
45749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45750 Settings ! Language
45758 \begin_layout Subsection
45760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45762 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45769 \begin_layout Description
45771 \begin_inset space ~
45775 \begin_inset space ~
45778 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45779 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45780 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45781 You find the actual translation status here:
45782 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45784 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45785 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45792 \begin_layout Description
45794 \begin_inset space ~
45797 language is the language used in new documents
45800 \begin_layout Description
45802 \begin_inset space ~
45805 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45807 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45808 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45825 The most widespread language package is
45830 \begin_inset Index idx
45833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45834 LaTeX-packages ! babel
45839 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45840 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45841 with the alternative language package
45846 \begin_inset Index idx
45849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45850 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
45855 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45856 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45858 The available selections are described in sec.
45859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45865 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
45872 \begin_layout Description
45874 \begin_inset space ~
45878 \begin_inset space ~
45881 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45885 \begin_layout Description
45887 \begin_inset space ~
45890 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45891 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45892 An example is the start command
45898 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45903 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45918 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45923 \begin_layout Description
45925 \begin_inset space ~
45933 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45934 command toggles the package on and off.
45937 \begin_layout Description
45939 \begin_inset space ~
45943 \begin_inset space ~
45946 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45947 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45948 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45949 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45956 \begin_layout Description
45958 \begin_inset space ~
45961 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45963 When this option is not set, the
45966 \begin_inset space ~
45971 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45972 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45975 \begin_inset space ~
45983 \begin_layout Description
45985 \begin_inset space ~
45991 \begin_inset space ~
45997 When it is not set, the
46000 \begin_inset space ~
46005 is set to the end of the document.
46008 \begin_layout Description
46010 \begin_inset space ~
46014 \begin_inset space ~
46017 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46018 language will be underlined blue.
46021 \begin_layout Description
46023 \begin_inset space ~
46027 \begin_inset space ~
46030 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46031 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46034 \begin_layout Description
46036 \begin_inset space ~
46039 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46040 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46041 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46042 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46045 \begin_layout Subsection
46049 \begin_layout Standard
46050 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46051 \begin_inset space ~
46055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46057 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46064 \begin_layout Section
46068 \begin_layout Subsection
46070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46077 \begin_inset Index idx
46080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46087 \begin_inset Index idx
46090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46099 \begin_layout Description
46101 \begin_inset space ~
46104 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46105 The name will be used when the
46110 \begin_inset Newline newline
46114 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46122 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46130 \begin_layout Description
46132 \begin_inset space ~
46135 command is the command LyX
46136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46143 LaTeX uses for printing.
46144 The default is on most systems
46151 \begin_layout Description
46153 \begin_inset space ~
46157 \begin_inset space ~
46160 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46161 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46162 of the program that provides the
46169 \begin_layout Description
46171 \begin_inset space ~
46175 \begin_inset space ~
46179 \begin_inset space ~
46182 printer This option works only for the
46187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46199 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46200 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46203 \begin_layout Subsection
46205 \begin_inset Index idx
46208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46215 \begin_inset Index idx
46218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46219 Settings ! Date format
46227 \begin_layout Standard
46228 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46229 \begin_inset Newline newline
46233 \begin_inset Flex URL
46236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46238 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46244 \begin_inset Newline newline
46247 For example the format
46248 \begin_inset Newline newline
46252 \begin_inset Newline newline
46255 prints the date as day/month/year.
46258 \begin_layout Subsection
46262 \begin_layout Description
46264 \begin_inset space ~
46268 \begin_inset space ~
46271 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46274 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46275 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46277 \begin_inset space ~
46283 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46287 \begin_layout Description
46289 \begin_inset space ~
46292 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46297 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46298 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46301 \begin_layout Subsection
46306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46316 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46321 \begin_inset Index idx
46324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46333 \begin_layout Description
46335 \begin_inset space ~
46342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46350 \begin_inset space ~
46354 \begin_inset space ~
46357 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46362 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46384 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46397 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46398 LyX sets up in the background.
46399 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46402 \begin_layout Description
46404 \begin_inset space ~
46408 \begin_inset space ~
46411 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46416 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46419 \begin_layout Standard
46420 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46421 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46422 manuals of the applications.
46423 Currently the following commands can be set:
46426 \begin_layout Description
46431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46439 \begin_inset space ~
46442 command Command for the program
46446 that is described in the section
46452 Additional Features
46457 \begin_layout Description
46462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46470 \begin_inset space ~
46473 command Command for the program
46477 that generates the bibliography, see section
46478 \begin_inset space ~
46482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46484 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46491 \begin_layout Description
46493 \begin_inset space ~
46496 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46497 \begin_inset space ~
46501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46503 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46510 \begin_layout Description
46512 \begin_inset space ~
46515 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46516 \begin_inset space ~
46520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46522 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46529 \begin_layout Description
46531 \begin_inset space ~
46535 \begin_inset space ~
46539 \begin_inset space ~
46543 \begin_inset space ~
46546 options They only have an effect when the program
46550 is used as DVI-viewer.
46553 \begin_layout Standard
46554 There are additionally the following options:
46557 \begin_layout Description
46559 \begin_inset space ~
46563 \begin_inset space ~
46567 \begin_inset space ~
46571 \begin_inset space ~
46575 \begin_inset space ~
46578 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46596 to separate folders.
46597 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46598 \begin_inset Index idx
46601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46608 \begin_inset Index idx
46611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46620 \begin_layout Description
46622 \begin_inset space ~
46626 \begin_inset space ~
46630 \begin_inset space ~
46634 \begin_inset space ~
46638 \begin_inset space ~
46642 \begin_inset space ~
46645 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46647 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46650 dialog when changing the document class.
46653 \begin_layout Section
46655 \begin_inset space ~
46659 \begin_inset Index idx
46662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46671 \begin_layout Subsection
46673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46675 name "sub:Converters"
46680 \begin_inset Index idx
46683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46692 \begin_layout Standard
46693 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46694 from one format to another.
46695 You can modify them or create new ones.
46696 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46703 \begin_inset space ~
46713 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46717 \begin_inset space ~
46722 drop-down list, modify the
46726 field, and press the
46733 \begin_layout Standard
46736 Converter File Cache
46738 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46741 Maximum Age (in days
46744 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46745 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46748 \begin_layout Standard
46749 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46750 the converter definition, is described in the section
46761 \begin_layout Subsection
46763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46765 name "sec:File-Formats"
46770 \begin_inset Index idx
46773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46780 \begin_inset Index idx
46783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46792 \begin_layout Standard
46793 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46794 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46798 \begin_layout Standard
46799 Furthermore, you can define the
46800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46803 Default output format
46804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46807 that is used when you hit
46808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46827 View Master Document
46828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46835 Update Master Document
46836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46839 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46842 \begin_layout Standard
46843 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46844 is described in the section
46855 \begin_layout Standard
46856 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46857 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46858 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46859 This is done by specifying a
46864 More about this is described in the section
46875 \begin_layout Chapter
46876 Units available in LyX
46877 \begin_inset Index idx
46880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46889 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46896 \begin_layout Standard
46897 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46900 reference "cap:Units"
46904 explains all units available in LyX.
46907 \begin_layout Standard
46908 \begin_inset Float table
46914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46915 \begin_inset Caption
46917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46933 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46941 \begin_inset Tabular
46942 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46943 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47096 scaled point (65536
47097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47157 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47212 % of original image width
47219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47426 \begin_layout Chapter
47428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47437 \begin_layout Standard
47438 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47439 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47442 \begin_layout Itemize
47445 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47448 \begin_layout Itemize
47454 \begin_layout Itemize
47460 \begin_layout Itemize
47466 \begin_layout Itemize
47472 \begin_layout Itemize
47478 \begin_layout Itemize
47484 \begin_layout Itemize
47490 \begin_layout Itemize
47493 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47496 \begin_layout Itemize
47502 \begin_layout Itemize
47508 \begin_layout Itemize
47514 \begin_layout Itemize
47520 \begin_layout Itemize
47526 \begin_layout Itemize
47532 \begin_layout Itemize
47538 \begin_layout Itemize
47544 \begin_layout Itemize
47546 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47555 \begin_layout Standard
47556 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47559 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47566 \begin_layout Bibliography
47567 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47568 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47569 LatexCommand bibitem
47576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47579 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47584 \begin_inset Newline newline
47588 \begin_inset Flex URL
47591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47593 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47601 \begin_layout Bibliography
47602 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47603 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47604 LatexCommand bibitem
47605 key "latexcompanion"
47609 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47611 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47614 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47617 \begin_layout Bibliography
47618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47620 LatexCommand bibitem
47625 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47628 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47631 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47634 \begin_layout Bibliography
47635 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47636 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47637 LatexCommand bibitem
47644 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47647 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47650 \begin_layout Bibliography
47651 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47652 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47653 LatexCommand bibitem
47665 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47668 \begin_layout Bibliography
47669 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47670 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47671 LatexCommand bibitem
47677 \begin_inset Newline newline
47681 \begin_inset Flex URL
47684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47686 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47694 \begin_layout Bibliography
47695 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47697 LatexCommand bibitem
47703 \begin_inset Newline newline
47707 \begin_inset Flex URL
47710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47712 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47720 \begin_layout Bibliography
47721 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47723 LatexCommand bibitem
47729 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47731 name "Documentation"
47732 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47741 \begin_inset Newline newline
47745 \begin_inset Flex URL
47748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47750 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47758 \begin_layout Bibliography
47759 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47761 LatexCommand bibitem
47767 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47769 name "Documentation"
47770 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47774 how to use the program
47779 \begin_inset Newline newline
47783 \begin_inset Flex URL
47786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47788 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47796 \begin_layout Bibliography
47797 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47798 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47799 LatexCommand bibitem
47805 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47807 name "Documentation"
47808 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47817 \begin_inset Newline newline
47821 \begin_inset Flex URL
47824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47826 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47834 \begin_layout Bibliography
47835 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47836 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47837 LatexCommand bibitem
47843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47845 name "Documentation"
47846 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47855 \begin_inset Newline newline
47859 \begin_inset Flex URL
47862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47864 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47872 \begin_layout Bibliography
47873 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47874 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47875 LatexCommand bibitem
47881 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47883 name "Documentation"
47884 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47888 of the LaTeX-package
47893 \begin_inset Index idx
47896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47897 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47903 \begin_inset Newline newline
47907 \begin_inset Flex URL
47910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47912 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47920 \begin_layout Bibliography
47921 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47922 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47923 LatexCommand bibitem
47929 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47931 name "Documentation"
47932 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47936 of the LaTeX-package
47941 \begin_inset Index idx
47944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47945 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47951 \begin_inset Newline newline
47955 \begin_inset Flex URL
47958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47960 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47968 \begin_layout Bibliography
47969 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47970 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47971 LatexCommand bibitem
47977 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47979 name "Documentation"
47980 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47984 of the LaTeX-package
47989 \begin_inset Index idx
47992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47993 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47999 \begin_inset Newline newline
48003 \begin_inset Flex URL
48006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48008 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48016 \begin_layout Bibliography
48017 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48018 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48019 LatexCommand bibitem
48027 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48029 name "Documentation"
48030 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48036 of the LaTeX-package
48041 \begin_inset Index idx
48044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48045 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48051 \begin_inset Newline newline
48055 \begin_inset Flex URL
48058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48060 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48068 \begin_layout Bibliography
48069 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48070 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48071 LatexCommand bibitem
48077 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48079 name "Documentation"
48080 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48084 of the LaTeX-package
48089 \begin_inset Index idx
48092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48093 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48099 \begin_inset Newline newline
48103 \begin_inset Flex URL
48106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48108 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48116 \begin_layout Bibliography
48117 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48118 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48119 LatexCommand bibitem
48125 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48127 name "Documentation"
48128 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
48132 of the LaTeX-package
48137 \begin_inset Index idx
48140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48141 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
48147 \begin_inset Newline newline
48151 \begin_inset Flex URL
48154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48156 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
48164 \begin_layout Bibliography
48165 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48166 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48167 LatexCommand bibitem
48173 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48175 name "Documentation"
48176 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48180 of the LaTeX-package
48185 \begin_inset Index idx
48188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48189 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48195 \begin_inset Newline newline
48199 \begin_inset Flex URL
48202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48204 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48212 \begin_layout Bibliography
48213 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48214 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48215 LatexCommand bibitem
48221 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48223 name "Documentation"
48224 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48228 of the LaTeX-package
48233 \begin_inset Index idx
48236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48237 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48243 \begin_inset Newline newline
48247 \begin_inset Flex URL
48250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48252 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48260 \begin_layout Bibliography
48261 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48262 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48263 LatexCommand bibitem
48269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48272 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48276 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48277 \begin_inset Newline newline
48281 \begin_inset Flex URL
48284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48286 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48294 \begin_layout Bibliography
48295 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48296 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48297 LatexCommand bibitem
48303 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48306 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48310 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48311 \begin_inset Newline newline
48315 \begin_inset Flex URL
48318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48320 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48328 \begin_layout Bibliography
48329 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48330 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48331 LatexCommand bibitem
48337 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48340 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48344 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48345 \begin_inset Newline newline
48349 \begin_inset Flex URL
48352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48354 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48362 \begin_layout Bibliography
48363 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48364 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48365 LatexCommand bibitem
48371 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48374 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48378 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48379 \begin_inset Newline newline
48383 \begin_inset Flex URL
48386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48388 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48396 \begin_layout Bibliography
48397 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48398 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48399 LatexCommand bibitem
48405 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48408 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48412 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48413 \begin_inset Newline newline
48417 \begin_inset Flex URL
48420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48422 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48430 \begin_layout Bibliography
48431 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48432 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48433 LatexCommand bibitem
48439 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48442 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48446 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48447 \begin_inset Newline newline
48451 \begin_inset Flex URL
48454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48456 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48464 \begin_layout Bibliography
48465 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48466 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48467 LatexCommand bibitem
48473 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48476 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48480 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48481 \begin_inset Newline newline
48485 \begin_inset Flex URL
48488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48490 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48498 \begin_layout Bibliography
48499 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48500 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48501 LatexCommand bibitem
48507 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48510 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48514 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48515 \begin_inset Newline newline
48519 \begin_inset Flex URL
48522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48524 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48532 \begin_layout Bibliography
48533 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48534 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48535 LatexCommand bibitem
48541 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48544 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48548 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48549 \begin_inset Newline newline
48553 \begin_inset Flex URL
48556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48558 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48566 \begin_layout Bibliography
48567 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48568 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48569 LatexCommand bibitem
48575 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48578 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48582 about new features in
48587 \begin_inset Newline newline
48591 \begin_inset Flex URL
48594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48596 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48604 \begin_layout Standard
48605 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48639 \begin_inset Note Note
48642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48649 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48650 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48651 bibliography is the second one:
48659 \begin_layout Standard
48660 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48661 LatexCommand bibtex
48662 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48663 options "biblio/alphadin"
48670 \begin_layout Standard
48671 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48674 \begin_layout Standard
48675 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48676 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48682 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48683 LatexCommand printindex